MICHAELS STORES INC
S-3/A, 1996-05-24
HOBBY, TOY & GAME SHOPS
Previous: MICROENERGY INC, 10-Q/A, 1996-05-24
Next: GILBERT ASSOCIATES INC/NEW, PRER14A, 1996-05-24



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 24, 1996.
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-03331
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                         ------------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-3
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                                                75-1943604
 (State or other jurisdiction                                   (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or                                         Identification
        organization)                                                 No.)
</TABLE>
 
                            5931 Campus Circle Drive
                              Irving, Texas 75063
                                P.O. Box 619566
                             DFW, Texas 75261-9566
                                 (214) 714-7000
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
   
                               R. Michael Rouleau
                            Chief Executive Officer
                             Michaels Stores, Inc.
                            5931 Campus Circle Drive
                              Irving, Texas 75063
                                P.O. Box 619566
                             DFW, Texas 75261-9516
                                 (214) 714-7000
    
      (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                   Copies to:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
         Mark V. Minton, Esq.                   Vincent Pagano, Jr., Esq.
      Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue                Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
           2001 Ross Avenue                        425 Lexington Avenue
              Suite 2300                      New York, New York 10017-3954
         Dallas, Texas 75201                          (212) 455-2000
            (214) 220-3939
</TABLE>
 
    Approximate  date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being  offered
pursuant  to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. / /
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered  on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and  list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A),  MAY
DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 24, 1996
    
 
                                  $125,000,000
 
   
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              % Senior Notes Due 2006
    
INTEREST PAYABLE             AND                           DUE            , 2006
                                ----------------
 
   
THE    % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006 (THE "NOTES") ARE BEING OFFERED PURSUANT TO  THIS
PROSPECTUS  (THE  "OFFERING")  BY  MICHAELS  STORES,  INC.  ("MICHAELS"  OR THE
 "COMPANY") AND WILL MATURE ON            , 2006. THE NOTES ARE NOT  REDEEMABLE
 PRIOR  TO            , 2001, EXCEPT THAT, UNTIL            , 1999, THE COMPANY
 MAY REDEEM, AT ITS OPTION, UP TO AN AGGREGATE OF $25 MILLION PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
  OF THE NOTES AT THE REDEMPTION PRICE SET FORTH HEREIN, PLUS ACCRUED INTEREST
  TO THE DATE  OF REDEMPTION,  WITH THE  NET PROCEEDS  OF ONE  OR MORE  EQUITY
  OFFERINGS (AS DEFINED HEREIN), IF AT LEAST $100 MILLION AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
   AMOUNT  OF THE NOTES REMAINS OUTSTANDING AFTER EACH SUCH REDEMPTION. ON OR
   AFTER             , 2001, THE  NOTES ARE REDEEMABLE AT THE OPTION OF  THE
    COMPANY, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, AT THE REDEMPTION PRICES SET FORTH HEREIN,
    PLUS  ACCRUED  INTEREST TO  THE  DATE OF  REDEMPTION.  UPON A  CHANGE OF
    CONTROL (AS  DEFINED HEREIN),  EACH  HOLDER OF  NOTES MAY  REQUIRE  THE
     COMPANY  TO  REPURCHASE ANY  OR ALL  OUTSTANDING  NOTES OWNED  BY SUCH
     HOLDER AT 101% OF THE  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT THEREOF, PLUS ACCRUED INTEREST
           TO THE DATE OF REPURCHASE. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES".
    
 
   
THE NOTES WILL BE UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY AND WILL RANK PARI  PASSU
IN  RIGHT  OF PAYMENT  WITH  ALL EXISTING  AND  FUTURE SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS (AS
 DEFINED HEREIN)  OF  THE  COMPANY  AND  SENIOR  TO  ALL  EXISTING  AND  FUTURE
 SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS  OF THE  COMPANY.  THE NOTES  WILL  BE EFFECTIVELY
  SUBORDINATED TO ALL EXISTING AND FUTURE SECURED INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY
   AND ALL EXISTING AND FUTURE INDEBTEDNESS OF ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY.
   AT  APRIL  28,  1996,  AFTER  GIVING  EFFECT  TO  THE  OFFERING  AND  THE
    APPLICATION   OF  THE  NET   PROCEEDS  THEREOF,  THE   COMPANY  AND  ITS
    SUBSIDIARIES WOULD HAVE HAD $231.0 MILLION OF INDEBTEDNESS OUTSTANDING,
     OF WHICH $9.1 MILLION WOULD HAVE REPRESENTED SECURED INDEBTEDNESS  AND
     $96.9  MILLION  WOULD HAVE  REPRESENTED SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS. AT
     APRIL 28,  1996,  SUBSIDIARIES OF  THE  COMPANY HAD  NO  INDEBTEDNESS
      OUTSTANDING.   THE   COMPANY   HAS   HAD   NEGOTIATIONS   WITH   THE
      ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER  UNDER  ITS  CURRENT  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  (THE
       "CREDIT  AGREEMENT") TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT  OF THE FACILITY FROM A
        MAXIMUM OF  $200  MILLION TO  A  MAXIMUM OF  $100  MILLION.  SEE
        "DESCRIPTION  OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS -- PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS
                           TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT".
    
 
THERE IS NO ESTABLISHED TRADING MARKET FOR  THE NOTES, AND THE COMPANY DOES  NOT
INTEND TO APPLY FOR LISTING
             OF  THE NOTES ON  ANY SECURITIES EXCHANGE OR  FOR QUOTATION ON THE
                            NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET.
 
   
SETTLEMENT OF THE NOTES WILL BE  MADE IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS. THE  NOTES
WILL  TRADE IN  THE SAME-DAY FUNDS  SETTLEMENT SYSTEM OF  THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
  COMPANY (THE "DEPOSITARY"), AND, TO THE EXTENT THAT SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
  ACTIVITY  IN  THE  NOTES  IS  EFFECTED  THROUGH  THE  FACILITIES  OF   THE
    DEPOSITARY, SUCH TRADES WILL BE SETTLED IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
       ALL  PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST  WILL BE MADE BY THE COMPANY
                        IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
    
                                ----------------
 
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH
AN
   
     INVESTMENT IN  THE NOTES,  SEE  "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON  PAGE  12
     HEREIN.
    
                                 -------------
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE SECURITIES
      AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR
           HAS  THE SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE
   
            SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY OR  AD-
    
                EQUACY  OF  THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION
                    TO THE CONTRARY  IS A CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               UNDERWRITING
                                                             PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO THE
                                                            PUBLIC (1)         COMMISSIONS        COMPANY (1)(2)
                                                        ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>
PER NOTE..............................................          %                   %                   %
TOTAL.................................................          $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
 
(1) PLUS ACCRUED INTEREST, IF ANY, FROM            , 1996.
 
(2) BEFORE DEDUCTION OF EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT $        .
                                ----------------
 
    THE  NOTES ARE OFFERED BY THE SEVERAL UNDERWRITERS WHEN, AS AND IF ISSUED BY
THE COMPANY, DELIVERED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE UNDERWRITERS AND SUBJECT TO  THEIR
RIGHT  TO REJECT ORDERS IN WHOLE OR IN PART. IT IS EXPECTED THAT DELIVERY OF THE
NOTES WILL BE MADE IN BOOK-ENTRY  FORM THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF THE  DEPOSITORY
TRUST  COMPANY ON OR  ABOUT               , 1996  AGAINST PAYMENT IN IMMEDIATELY
AVAILABLE FUNDS.
 
CS First Boston
            Salomon Brothers Inc
                      NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
                                                   Robertson, Stephens & Company
 
                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS         , 1996.
<PAGE>
   
Inside the front cover  of the document is  a map of the  United States and  two
Canadian provinces, with the Company's Michaels store locations and distribution
center  locations  highlighted.  Below  the map  is  a  montage  showing various
products the Company offers, surrounding the Company's logo. An enlarged version
of the same montage appears on the inside of the back cover.
    
<PAGE>
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE  MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES OFFERED
HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN  MARKET.
SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
   
    DURING  THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS PARTICIPATING
IN THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNTS OR FOR THE
ACCOUNTS OF OTHERS IN THE NOTES PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM RULES 10B-6,  10B-7,
AND 10B-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
    
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
   
    The  Company's Annual Report  on Form 10-K  (File No. 0-11822)  for the year
ended January 28, 1996,  which has been filed  with the Securities and  Exchange
Commission  (the  "Commission")  by  the  Company,  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference and made a part hereof.
    
 
    All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),
subsequent  to the date of  this Prospectus and prior  to the termination of the
offering of the Notes to  be made hereunder shall  be deemed to be  incorporated
herein  by reference  and made  a part hereof  from the  date of  filing of such
documents. Any  statement contained  herein  or in  a document  incorporated  or
deemed  to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or
superseded for all purposes  of this Prospectus to  the extent that a  statement
contained  herein or  therein or in  any other subsequently  filed document that
also is  or  is  deemed to  be  incorporated  by reference  herein  modifies  or
supersedes  such statement. Any  such statement so  modified or superseded shall
not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
Prospectus.
 
    The Company will provide, without charge, to  each person to whom a copy  of
this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a
copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference (other than
exhibits  to such documents, unless  such exhibits are specifically incorporated
by reference into the information that this Prospectus incorporates). Written or
telephonic requests for copies should be directed to the General Counsel of  the
Company  at  5931 Campus  Circle Drive,  Irving,  Texas 75063  (telephone: (214)
714-7000).
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
    The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act
and  in  accordance  therewith,  files  reports,  proxy  statements  and   other
information  with  the  Commission.  Such reports,  proxy  statements  and other
information filed by the Company with the Commission may be inspected and copied
at the  office  of  the  Commission  at  Room  1024,  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of the Commission:
Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500  West Madison  Street,  Suite  1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661; and 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York  10048.
Copies  of such material can also be  obtained from the Public Reference Section
of the  Commission  at Judiciary  Plaza,  Room  1024, 450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549, at  prescribed rates.  The  Company's Common  Stock is
listed on  the  Nasdaq  National  Market.  Copies  of  such  reports  and  other
information  can also be inspected at the offices of the Nasdaq National Market,
1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
    
 
    This Prospectus contains summaries, believed to be accurate in all  material
respects,  of certain terms of certain agreements,  but reference is made to the
actual agreements (copies of  which will be made  available upon request to  the
Company  or the Underwriters) for complete  information with respect thereto and
all such summaries are qualified in  their entirety by this reference. Any  such
request  and request for  agreement summarized herein should  be directed to the
General Counsel of the Company at 5931 Campus Circle Drive, Irving, Texas  75063
(telephone: (214) 714-7000).
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH,  THE  MORE  DETAILED  INFORMATION  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS
INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  UNLESS THE CONTEXT INDICATES  OTHERWISE,
ALL  REFERENCES TO "MICHAELS" OR THE  "COMPANY" SHALL MEAN MICHAELS STORES, INC.
AND ITS  CONSOLIDATED  SUBSIDIARIES. ALL  REFERENCES  TO FISCAL  YEARS  IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  REFER TO THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING ON THE SUNDAY CLOSEST TO JANUARY 31,
WHICH CONSISTS OF  52 WEEKS FOR  ALL YEARS. FOR  EXAMPLE, REFERENCES TO  "FISCAL
1995"  MEAN THE  FISCAL YEAR  ENDED JANUARY  28, 1996.  THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WHICH INVOLVE CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. ACTUAL
RESULTS AND  EVENTS  MAY  DIFFER  SIGNIFICANTLY  FROM  THOSE  DISCUSSED  IN  THE
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE SUCH A DIFFERENCE INCLUDE,
BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED UNDER "RISK FACTORS" HEREIN.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
GENERAL
 
   
    With $1.3 billion in fiscal 1995 sales, the Company is the nation's  largest
retailer dedicated to serving the arts, crafts and decorative items marketplace.
The  Company's Michaels  stores offer a  wide selection  of competitively priced
items, including general crafts, home decor items, picture framing materials and
services, art  and  hobby supplies,  party  supplies, silk  and  dried  flowers,
wearable  art and seasonal  and holiday merchandise. Since  March 1995, when the
Company acquired Aaron Brothers Holdings,  Inc. ("Aaron Brothers"), the  Company
has  also operated  the Aaron Brothers  specialty framing and  art supply stores
located primarily in California. During fiscal 1995, Aaron Brothers  contributed
sales  of $54 million. The Company's primary customers are women aged 25-54 with
above average median  household incomes,  and the Company  believes that  repeat
customers  account for a substantial portion  of its sales. The Company operates
448 Michaels stores and 68 Aaron Brothers  stores in 45 states, Puerto Rico  and
Canada.
    
 
    The  Company's Michaels stores  average approximately 16,000  square feet of
selling space  and offer  an assortment  of approximately  44,000 stock  keeping
units  ("SKUs")  in a  typical  store during  the  course of  a  year (including
seasonal product),  of which  approximately 31,000  SKUs are  planogrammed  SKUs
offered  at  all times.  For fiscal  1995,  the average  sales of  the Company's
Michaels stores open  for the full  fiscal year were  $3.0 million. The  average
sale  in the Company's Michaels stores has increased annually from approximately
$12.00 in fiscal 1991 to $14.44 in  fiscal 1995, due in part to increased  sales
of custom framing, custom floral arrangements and home decor items.
 
   
    The  U.S. arts,  crafts and  decorative items  retailing industry,  which is
estimated by  trade publications  to have  exceeded $10.8  billion in  sales  in
fiscal  1995, has  increased in  size each year  since 1990  when industry sales
totaled $6.0 billion.  The industry is  highly fragmented, and  Michaels is  the
only  nationwide independent arts and  crafts retailer. Management believes that
there are  only a  few independent  retailers with  arts and  crafts sales  that
exceed  $200 million annually, and that the  Company's arts and crafts sales are
more than three times as  large as those of  its largest direct competitor.  The
Company  believes that its significant size relative to its competitors provides
it with  several  advantages,  including (i)  superior  purchasing  power,  (ii)
critical  mass to support a cost  efficient nationwide distribution network, and
(iii) the financial  resources to  support a national  advertising campaign  and
significant ongoing capital investment in information technology.
    
 
    Beginning  in 1992, Michaels embarked upon  an aggressive growth strategy in
order to capitalize on an opportunity to become the national market leader in  a
highly  fragmented industry.  This growth strategy  resulted in  the addition of
over 300 new Michaels stores from fiscal 1991 through fiscal 1995 (of which  108
were added through acquisitions) and the acquisition of 68 Aaron Brothers stores
in  fiscal 1995. Over the past five fiscal years, the Company's sales have grown
from approximately  $410  million  to  approximately  $1.3  billion,  driven  by
increases  in comparable store  sales in addition  to the rapid  increase in the
Company's number of  store locations.  Furthermore, from fiscal  1991 to  fiscal
1994,  the Company's  EBITDA increased from  $34.9 million to  $85.5 million. In
fiscal  1995,   EBITDA   declined  to   $15.9   million,  principally   due   to
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
$64.4  million of  unusual costs  and expenses  primarily related  to the retail
markdown of inventories recorded in order to streamline the inventory assortment
throughout the  entire  chain  and  improve the  Company's  return  on  invested
capital.
 
    Having  achieved its objective of becoming the only national retailer in the
arts, crafts and decorative items industry,  the Company recognized that it  had
attained  the critical mass  to invest significantly  in its information systems
and to achieve  improved operating  efficiencies in  distribution and  inventory
management.  During the second quarter of  fiscal 1995, the Company's management
had  conducted  a  critical  analysis  of  the  composition  of  the   Company's
merchandise  assortment  and the  velocity of  turnover  of individual  SKUs and
vendor lines  included  in  each  category  of  merchandise.  The  Company  then
implemented  a  program (the  "SKU Reduction  Program")  designed to  reduce the
amount of  the  Company's  capital  allocated  to  store  inventories.  The  SKU
Reduction  Program  was implemented  by setting  new  levels of  the appropriate
number of  SKUs to  be included  in the  various merchandise  categories and  by
eliminating  slower turning and less  profitable product lines without impairing
the stores' overall broad selection of more popular merchandise.
 
   
    By the end of fiscal 1995, substantially all of the inventory identified for
liquidation had been sold, the number of SKUs had been reduced by  approximately
15% to the current level of 44,000 SKUs and the inventory per Michaels store had
been  reduced  by 19%  from the  end of  fiscal 1994.  Substantially all  of the
proceeds from  the  inventory liquidation  were  used to  reduce  the  Company's
outstanding  bank debt. The  Company believes that  operating at lower inventory
levels as a result of  the SKU Reduction Program will  result in an increase  in
inventory  turns, providing higher returns on invested capital and improved cash
flow that will further strengthen the Company's balance sheet.
    
 
BUSINESS STRATEGIES
 
   
    The Company  believes it  is well  positioned to  continue to  solidify  its
position  as the dominant nationwide arts,  crafts and decorative items retailer
while increasing its return on invested capital through its business  strategies
of  (i) offering a broad selection of products in an appealing store environment
that  emphasizes  superior  customer  service,  (ii)  effectively  managing  its
investment in inventory through centralized purchasing and distribution combined
with  significant  investment  in  management  information  systems,  and  (iii)
continuing to expand its nationwide presence.
    
 
    MERCHANDISING STRATEGY
 
   
    The Company's Michaels store  merchandising strategy is  to provide a  broad
selection  of  products  in  an  appealing  store  environment  which emphasizes
superior customer  service.  Each  Michaels store  is  organized  into  multiple
departments  that offer  a year-round assortment  of general  crafts, home decor
items, picture framing  materials and  services, art and  hobby supplies,  party
supplies,  silk and  dried flowers,  wearable art,  needlecrafts and  ribbon. In
addition, the Company's Michaels stores regularly feature seasonal  merchandise,
particularly  for major holidays such as  Valentine's Day, Easter, Mother's Day,
Halloween and Thanksgiving, in  addition to the Christmas  season. In its  Aaron
Brothers  stores,  the Company's  strategy  is to  provide  competitively priced
superior custom framing services and selection.
    
 
    The Company believes that customer service is critical to its  merchandising
strategy.  Many of the craft supplies sold  in the Company's Michaels stores can
be assembled into unique end-products with an appropriate amount of guidance and
direction. Accordingly, the Company has displays  in every Michaels store in  an
effort  to stimulate and promote new  project ideas, and supplies project sheets
with detailed instructions on  how to assemble the  products. In addition,  many
Michaels  sales associates are craft enthusiasts  who are able to help customers
with ideas and  instructions. The  Company also offers  free demonstrations  and
inexpensive  classes in stores as a means of promoting new craft ideas. Michaels
believes that  the  in-store  "how-to"  demonstrations,  instructional  classes,
knowledgeable  sales  associates  and  customer focus  groups  have  allowed the
Company to better understand and serve its customers.
 
    PURCHASING, DISTRIBUTION AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
 
    After a period of aggressive store growth, much of which took place  through
acquisitions,  the Company is now seeking to enhance its competitive position by
actively pursuing improvements throughout its supply
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
chain. These improvements are intended  to minimize the investment in  inventory
necessary to support the Company's sales growth objectives, optimize its stores'
in-stock  position, and improve the cost-effectiveness  of the delivery of goods
from its vendors to its stores.
 
    Centralized  purchasing  and  distribution   are  important  components   of
Michaels' strategy to manage its stores' inventories and reduce its supply chain
costs.  The Company's  purchasing strategy  is to  negotiate centrally  with its
vendors in order to  take advantage of volume  purchasing discounts and  improve
control  over product mix  and inventory. The  Company believes its distribution
network, which includes  four regional  distribution centers,  is a  competitive
advantage  which  enhances the  Company's ability  to  maintain a  high in-stock
position in  its stores  while  balancing its  overall inventory  position.  The
Company  intends to further increase the  flow of goods through its distribution
centers and decrease reliance on  less efficient deliveries from vendors  direct
to stores.
 
   
    The  data that the  Company is obtaining from  its new point-of-sale ("POS")
system is also an  integral component of the  inventory management process.  The
Company  expects the POS system,  which is presently installed  in more than 280
stores, to be installed in substantially all Michaels stores by the end of  July
1996  as a result of the Company's decision to accelerate its POS system rollout
and to implement item-level scanning for the majority of the Company's  product.
The  Company believes  that the  extent of its  investment in  POS technology is
unique in the arts and  crafts industry, and that  this initiative is likely  to
provide  it with a competitive advantage in the future. The Company believes the
information obtained from item-level  scanning through the  new POS system  will
enhance efficiencies by enabling it to identify important trends to assist it in
managing  its inventory by facilitating the elimination of less profitable SKUs,
increasing the in-stock level of more popular SKUs, assisting in the analysis of
product margins, and generating  data for advertising cost/benefit  evaluations.
The  Company believes that the  POS system will also  allow it to provide better
customer service by  increasing the speed  and accuracy of  register check  out,
enabling  the more  rapid restocking  of items,  and providing  for the seamless
repricing of sale items. The Company believes that the POS system, combined with
other store-level inventory  controls and management  incentive plans linked  to
inventory  goals, will enable  it to more effectively  control its investment in
inventories. The Company is financing the  new POS system through a $25  million
capital lease program.
    
 
    STORE EXPANSION STRATEGY
 
   
    Having  achieved its  objective of  becoming the  largest and  only national
retailer in the  arts, crafts  and decorative  items industry,  the Company  has
shifted its focus towards achieving improved operational efficiencies, resulting
in  higher returns on its invested capital. Accordingly, after having grown both
sales and store locations (excluding Aaron Brothers) at compounded annual  rates
of  32% and  33%, respectively,  over the past  four fiscal  years, Michaels has
moderated its  internal store  growth target.  During fiscal  1996, the  Company
currently  anticipates opening only 12 to 15 new Michaels stores and five to ten
new Aaron Brothers stores. The slower new store growth in fiscal 1996 will allow
the Company to invest its resources  to complete its POS system rollout,  expand
its  distribution  capacity and  enhance its  inventory management  systems. The
Company currently anticipates opening approximately 50 to 55 new Michaels stores
during fiscal 1997 and anticipates that  its internal growth rate over the  long
term will be approximately 12% to 15%.
    
 
   
    The  arts, crafts and decorative items market remains highly fragmented, and
the Company believes that significant  growth opportunities will continue to  be
available  to it as a result of  market expansion and consolidation. While there
can be no assurance that these opportunities will arise or continue, the Company
presently believes  that  market  conditions  will  permit  it  to  sustain  its
long-term growth goal of 12% to 15% during the foreseeable future. Moreover, the
Company  believes that few  of its existing  markets are saturated. Accordingly,
the Company's current expansion strategy is to give priority to adding stores in
existing markets  in  order  to  enhance  economies  of  scale  associated  with
advertising,  distribution, field supervision, and  other regional expenses. The
Company intends to continue to review acquisition opportunities in existing  and
new  markets, but has no arrangements  or understandings pending with respect to
any acquisitions.
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                THE REFINANCING
 
   
    The offering  of  the Notes  is  part of  a  broader refinancing  plan  (the
"Refinancing")  designed  to  increase the  Company's  financial  flexibility by
diversifying its  sources  of  capital  and  extending  the  maturities  of  its
currently outstanding debt, thereby reducing the Company's reliance on bank debt
to  fund its longer  term capital requirements.  The sources of  capital for the
Refinancing include the offering of the Notes and the private placement in April
1996 of 2,000,000 shares of Common  Stock for aggregate proceeds of $25  million
(the  "Private  Placement"). The  Private Placement  consisted of  three private
transactions with three separate entities  owned by independent trusts of  which
family  members of Sam Wyly, Chairman of  the Company, and Charles J. Wyly, Jr.,
Vice Chairman of the Company,  are beneficiaries. Michaels has had  negotiations
with  the administrative lender under the  Credit Agreement to reduce the amount
of the facility from a maximum of $200 million to a maximum of $100 million  and
to  modify certain covenants. Following the Refinancing, Michaels expects to use
the borrowings  available  under  the modified  Credit  Agreement  primarily  to
finance seasonal working capital requirements.
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Securities Offered............  $125,000,000  principal amount of   % Senior Notes due 2006
                                (the "Notes").
 
<S>                             <C>
Maturity Date.................  , 2006.
 
Interest Payment Dates........  and            of  each year, commencing                  ,
                                1996.
 
Optional Redemption...........  The Notes are not redeemable prior to               , 2001,
                                except  that until                  , 1999, the Company may
                                redeem, at its option,  up to an  aggregate of $25  million
                                principal  amount of the Notes  at the redemption price set
                                forth  herein,  plus  accrued  interest  to  the  date   of
                                redemption,  with the  net proceeds  of one  or more Equity
                                Offerings (as  defined herein),  if at  least $100  million
                                aggregate  principal amount of the Notes remain outstanding
                                after each such redemption. On or after             , 2001,
                                the Notes are redeemable at  the option of the Company,  in
                                whole  or  in  part,  at the  redemption  prices  set forth
                                herein, plus accrued  interest to the  date of  redemption.
                                See "Description of the Notes -- Optional Redemption".
 
Ranking.......................  The  Notes will be unsecured obligations of the Company and
                                will rank PARI PASSU in right of payment with all  existing
                                and  future Senior Indebtedness (as  defined herein) of the
                                Company and senior to all existing and future  subordinated
                                indebtedness  of the Company. The Notes will be effectively
                                subordinated   to   all   existing   and   future   secured
                                indebtedness  of the  Company and  all existing  and future
                                indebtedness of any subsidiary of the Company. At April 28,
                                1996,  after  giving  effect   to  the  Offering  and   the
                                application  of net  proceeds thereof, the  Company and its
                                subsidiaries would have had $231.0 million of  indebtedness
                                outstanding,  $9.1 million of  which would have represented
                                secured indebtedness and $96.9 million of which would  have
                                represented  subordinated indebtedness. At  April 28, 1996,
                                subsidiaries   of   the   Company   had   no   indebtedness
                                outstanding. See "Description of the Notes -- Ranking".
 
Restrictive Covenants.........  The  Indenture under  which the  Notes will  be issued (the
                                "Indenture") will contain  certain covenants pertaining  to
                                the  Company  and its  Restricted Subsidiaries  (as defined
                                herein),  including  but  not  limited  to  covenants  with
                                respect  to  the  following  matters:  (i)  limitations  on
                                indebtedness; (ii) limitations on restricted payments  such
                                as dividends, repurchases of the Company's or subsidiaries'
                                stock,   repurchases   of  subordinated   obligations,  and
                                investments;   (iii)   limitations   on   restrictions   on
                                distributions  from subsidiaries; (iv) limitations on sales
                                of assets and of stock of subsidiaries; (v) limitations  on
                                transactions  with affiliates;  (vi) limitations  on liens;
                                (vii)  limitations  on  sale/leaseback  transactions;   and
                                (viii) limitations on mergers, consolidations and transfers
                                of  all or substantially all  assets. However, all of these
                                covenants  are   subject   to   a   number   of   important
                                qualifications  and  exceptions.  On  the  Issue  Date  (as
                                defined herein), the term
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
                                Restricted Subsidiaries will include  all of the  Company's
                                subsidiaries  other  than  Aaron Brothers  and  Michaels of
                                Canada, Inc.  See  "Description  of the  Notes  --  Certain
                                Covenants".
 
Change of Control.............  Upon  a Change of Control  (as defined herein), each holder
                                of Notes may require the  Company to repurchase any or  all
                                outstanding  Notes  owned by  such  holder at  101%  of the
                                principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date
                                of repurchase. See "Description of  the Notes -- Change  of
                                Control".
 
Use of Proceeds...............  The Company intends to use a significant portion of the net
                                proceeds to reduce indebtedness under the Credit Agreement,
                                and  intends to use the balance of the net proceeds to fund
                                a portion of  the cost  of store renovations,  the cost  of
                                developing  new  stores  in  fiscal  1996  and  for general
                                corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds".
</TABLE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  purchasers  of   the  Notes  should   carefully  consider   the
information set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" and all other information
set forth in this Prospectus before making any investment in the Notes.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
    The  following table sets forth certain  financial and operating data of the
Company and  its  subsidiaries  and is  qualified  by,  and should  be  read  in
conjunction  with, "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of  Operations" and  the consolidated financial  statements and  the
related notes appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                            FIRST
                                                                                 FISCAL YEAR (A)                         QUARTER (B)
                                                          -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                             1991         1992         1993         1994        1995        1995
                                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT AS INDICATED)
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales (c).........................................   $   410.9    $   493.2    $   619.7    $   994.6   $ 1,294.9   $   265.5
  Gross profit (d)(e)...................................       136.5        169.6        215.8        349.8       358.3        93.5
  Operating income (loss) (e)(f)........................        25.6         34.3         41.4         64.0       (15.0)       15.4
  Interest expense......................................         7.0          0.3          6.4          9.1        16.8         3.3
  Net income (loss) (e)(f)..............................         6.9         20.4         26.3         35.6       (20.4)        7.6
 
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital (g)...................................   $    74.8    $   104.5    $   181.8    $   232.4   $   229.0   $   270.1
  Inventory.............................................        89.3        118.3        206.2        375.1       366.1       407.4
  Total assets..........................................       180.9        322.1        397.8        686.0       739.8       756.0
  Total debt (h)........................................         0.2         97.9         97.8        138.1       188.7       226.2
  Shareholders' equity..................................       126.3        155.3        185.4        355.9       336.0       364.3
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (e)(i).........................................   $    34.9    $    44.4    $    53.8    $    85.5   $    15.9   $    23.0
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense (e)(j)............         5.0x       168.9 x        8.4 x        9.4 x        --         6.9x
  Pro forma interest expense (k)........................                                                           21.8
  Ratio of EBITDA to pro forma interest expense
   (e)(j)...............................................                                                             --
  Depreciation and amortization.........................         9.2         10.2         12.5         21.5        30.9         7.6
  Capital expenditures (l)..............................         5.5         19.8         46.8         68.1        54.9        11.9
  Cash flow from operations (m).........................        19.0         16.8        (28.9 )      (38.3 )       9.2       (53.6)
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (e)(n)(o)..........        2.1x         4.7x         3.4x         3.1x          --         2.3x
  Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges
   (e)(o)(p)............................................                                                             --
 
OPERATING DATA:
  Percentage increase in total net sales................          14 %         20 %         26 %         61 %        30%         66%
  Percentage increase (decrease) in total comparable
   store sales (q)......................................           9 %          7 %          3 %          7 %         3%          9%
  Gross profit as percent of sales (e)..................        33.2 %       34.4 %       34.8 %       35.2 %      27.7%       35.2%
  EBITDA as percent of sales (e)........................         8.5 %        9.0 %        8.7 %        8.6 %       1.2%        8.7%
  Number of stores:
    Open at beginning of period.........................         137          140          168          220         380         380
    Acquired during period (r)(s).......................           0            4            0          104           0           0
    Opened during period................................           4           24           54           61          64          15
    Closed or sold during period (t)....................           1            0            2            5           2           0
    Open at end of period...............................         140          168          220          380         442         395
  Inventory per Michaels store at end of period
   ($000s)..............................................  $      638   $      704   $      937   $      987   $     804  $    1,009
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                             1996
                                                          -----------
 
<S>                                                       <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales (c).........................................   $   301.9
  Gross profit (d)(e)...................................        96.8
  Operating income (loss) (e)(f)........................         7.8
  Interest expense......................................         3.7
  Net income (loss) (e)(f)..............................         2.7
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital (g)...................................   $   243.9
  Inventory.............................................       377.1
  Total assets..........................................       757.2
  Total debt (h)........................................       179.5
  Shareholders' equity..................................       363.9
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (e)(i).........................................   $    16.6
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense (e)(j)............         4.5 x
  Pro forma interest expense (k)........................         4.9
  Ratio of EBITDA to pro forma interest expense
   (e)(j)...............................................         3.4 x
  Depreciation and amortization.........................         8.8
  Capital expenditures (l)..............................         7.8
  Cash flow from operations (m).........................         1.6
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (e)(n)(o)..........         1.4 x
  Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges
   (e)(o)(p)............................................         1.3 x
OPERATING DATA:
  Percentage increase in total net sales................          14 %
  Percentage increase (decrease) in total comparable
   store sales (q)......................................          (1 )%
  Gross profit as percent of sales (e)..................        32.1 %
  EBITDA as percent of sales (e)........................         5.5 %
  Number of stores:
    Open at beginning of period.........................         442
    Acquired during period (r)(s).......................           0
    Opened during period................................           5
    Closed or sold during period (t)....................           1
    Open at end of period...............................         446
  Inventory per Michaels store at end of period
   ($000s)..............................................  $      816
</TABLE>
    
 
   
Footnotes on next page.
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
 
(a)  The  Company operates  on a  52/53 week  fiscal year  ending on  the Sunday
    closest to January  31. For example,  references to "fiscal  1995" mean  the
    fiscal  year  ended  January 28,  1996.  All  fiscal years  set  forth above
    included 52 weeks.
 
   
(b) Thirteen week periods ended April 30, 1995 and April 28, 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
(c) Net sales represents gross sales less returns.
    
 
   
(d) Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales and occupancy expense.
    
 
   
(e) Includes effect  of a pre-tax  charge of  $64.4 million in  fiscal 1995  for
    unusual  costs  and expenses  primarily  associated with  the  SKU Reduction
    Program, which  charge reduced  gross profit  by $57.5  million, EBITDA  and
    operating income by $62.4 million, and net income by $41.9 million in fiscal
    1995.
    
 
   
(f)  Includes  effect of  certain  store closing  and  conversion costs  of $7.1
    million in  fiscal 1994  relating to  the acquisition  of Leewards  Creative
    Crafts,  Inc., which charge reduced operating income by $7.1 million and net
    income by $4.4 million in fiscal 1994.
    
 
   
(g) Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.
    
 
   
(h) Total debt includes  bank debt, the Subordinated  Notes (as defined  herein)
    and capital lease obligations.
    
 
   
(i) EBITDA is calculated as operating income plus depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a
    company's ability to incur and service debt. EBITDA should not be considered
    by  an investor  as an  alternative to  net income,  as an  indicator of the
    operating performance of the Company, or as an alternative to cash flow as a
    measure of liquidity.
    
 
   
(j) EBITDA  was insufficient  to  cover interest  expense  in fiscal  1995.  The
    deficiency  for fiscal 1995  was $959,000. On  a pro forma  basis for fiscal
    1995, the deficiency would have been $6.0 million.
    
 
   
(k) Pro forma interest expense reflects  the offering of the Notes assuming  the
    application of proceeds as described in "Use of Proceeds" as if the same had
    occurred  on  January 30,  1995 and  giving  effect to  the net  increase in
    interest expense resulting  from the  issuance of  the Notes  at an  assumed
    interest  rate of 10.5% from  January 29, 1995. The  actual interest rate on
    the Notes may  be higher or  lower than this  rate. A 0.125%  change in  the
    interest  rate would change  pro forma interest expense  by $156,250 for the
    year ended January 28, 1996.
    
 
   
(l)  Capital  expenditures  includes  acquisitions  of  property  and  equipment
    excluding assets acquired pursuant to acquisitions and additions to property
    and equipment financed via capital leases.
    
 
   
(m)  Cash flow from operations  is defined as net cash  provided by (or used in)
    operating activities as  shown in the  Company's Consolidated Statements  of
    Cash Flows.
    
 
   
(n) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist  of income  (loss) before  income taxes  for such  period plus fixed
    charges deducted in calculating income (loss) for such period. Fixed charges
    consist of interest incurred, amortization of deferred financing fees and an
    amount representing the interest factor included in rental expenses.
    
 
   
(o) Earnings  were insufficient  to  cover fixed  charges  in fiscal  1995.  The
    deficiency  for fiscal  1995 was  $34.8 million.  On a  pro forma  basis for
    fiscal 1995, the deficiency would have been $39.8 million.
    
 
   
(p) Pro forma  fixed charges  reflects the offering  of the  Notes assuming  the
    application of proceeds as described in the "Use of Proceeds" as if the same
    had  occurred on January 29,  1995 and giving effect  to the net increase in
    interest expense resulting  from the  issuance of  the Notes  at an  assumed
    interest rate of 10.5% from January 29, 1995.
    
 
   
(q)  New stores  are generally included  in the calculation  of comparable store
    sales for the  first full month  following the one-year  anniversary of  the
    completion  of  the  grand  opening sales  period,  which  is  generally the
    thirteenth or fourteenth month  after the store  opening. The sales  amounts
    for  each store included in the calculation represent the sales for the same
    number of months for each period compared.
    
 
   
(r) Excludes the 68 Aaron Brothers stores acquired in 1995.
    
 
   
(s) Net  of  19 stores  acquired  in fiscal  1994  that the  Company  closed  as
    contemplated at the time of acquisition.
    
 
   
(t)  Includes Michaels stores closed in fiscal  1994 due to the acquisition of a
    new store in the same general  market area, but excludes 19 acquired  stores
    that the Company closed as contemplated at the time of acquisition.
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                      RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND 1996 OUTLOOK
 
    CERTAIN  STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION WHICH ARE NOT HISTORICAL FACTS
ARE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES,  INCLUDING,
BUT  NOT  LIMITED  TO, CUSTOMER  DEMAND  AND  TRENDS IN  THE  ARTS,  CRAFTS, AND
DECORATIVE ITEMS INDUSTRY,  RELATED INVENTORY  RISKS DUE TO  SHIFTS IN  CUSTOMER
DEMAND,  THE EFFECT OF ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, THE IMPACT OF COMPETITORS' LOCATIONS
AND PRICING,  THE  AVAILABILITY OF  ACCEPTABLE  REAL ESTATE  LOCATIONS  FOR  NEW
STORES,  DIFFICULTIES  WITH RESPECT  TO NEW  TECHNOLOGIES SUCH  AS POINT-OF-SALE
SYSTEMS, SUPPLY CONSTRAINTS OR DIFFICULTIES,  THE RESULTS OF FINANCING  EFFORTS,
THE  EFFECT OF THE COMPANY'S ACCOUNTING  POLICIES AND OTHER RISKS DETAILED UNDER
"RISK FACTORS" HEREIN.
 
   
NEW CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
    
 
   
    On April 2, 1996 the Company  announced the selection of R. Michael  Rouleau
as  Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. Rouleau had most recently served
as Executive Vice President of Store Operations for Lowe's Companies, Inc. since
May 1992, and additionally as President of Lowe's Contractor Yard Division since
February 1995.  Prior  to joining  Lowe's,  Mr.  Rouleau was  a  co-founder  and
President  of  Office  Warehouse which  was  sold and  subsequently  merged into
OfficeMax. Mr. Rouleau spent over 20 years with Dayton Hudson Corporation, where
he was one of the original 23 employees that started its Target Stores Division,
later becoming Executive Vice President  of Marketing and Distribution.  Douglas
B. Sullivan, who succeeded Jack Bush as President of the Company in August 1995,
will continue as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.
    
 
   
FIRST QUARTER RESULTS
    
 
   
    Net  sales  in the  first  quarter of  fiscal  1996 (ended  April  28, 1996)
increased $36.3 million, or  14%, over the first  quarter of fiscal 1995  (ended
April 30, 1995). The results for the first quarter of fiscal 1996 included sales
from  51  Michaels stores  (net of  3 closures)  that were  opened and  68 Aaron
Brothers stores that were  acquired during the twelve  month period ended  April
28,  1996.  During the  first  quarter, sales  of  the new  and  acquired stores
accounted for an increase of $41.1 million. Comparable store sales declined  one
percent  in the first  quarter of fiscal  1996 compared to  the first quarter of
fiscal 1995.
    
 
   
    Cost of sales and  occupancy expense as  a percentage of  net sales for  the
first  quarter of fiscal 1996 increased by 3.1% compared to the first quarter of
fiscal 1995 which management believes was due primarily to promotional markdowns
of spring, Easter and  wearable art merchandise  and increased distribution  and
occupancy  costs. Promotional markdowns were  required largely due to overbuying
of seasonal merchandise in fiscal 1995  prior to the Company's decision to  slow
down  its store  expansion program.  Distribution costs  as a  percentage of net
sales  increased  primarily  due  to  less  efficient  utilization  of  shipping
capacity. Management believes that transportation costs will be more effectively
leveraged  in  the future  as  the Company  moves  a greater  percentage  of the
Company's merchandise  inventories into  its  regional distribution  centers  in
order  to  reduce direct-to-store  shipments.  The increase  in  occupancy costs
resulted from a high  proportion of newer stores  having a relatively low  sales
base available to absorb fixed occupancy costs.
    
 
   
    Selling,  general and  administrative expense as  a percentage  of net sales
increased by 0.1%  in the first  quarter of  fiscal 1996 compared  to the  first
quarter of 1995.
    
 
   
    Cash  flow from  operations of $1.6  million was generated  during the first
quarter of fiscal  1996 compared  to negative $53.6  million of  cash flow  from
operations  generated during the first quarter of fiscal 1995. This was achieved
primarily through an  improvement in  inventory management which  resulted in  a
reduction  in  total inventories  of  7% and  in  inventories per  store  of 19%
compared  to  the  end  of  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  1995.  Indebtedness
outstanding under the Credit Agreement at the end of the first quarter of fiscal
1996  was $73.5 million versus $129.0 million at the end of the first quarter of
fiscal 1995,  reflecting both  the  reduced level  of  inventories and  the  $25
million of proceeds from the Private Placement.
    
 
   
1996 OUTLOOK
    
 
    Management  of the Company believes that the retail sales environment likely
will continue to be soft through the end of fiscal 1996. This outlook is  based,
in  part, upon historically high levels  of consumer indebtedness and the number
of clearance  sales being  conducted  by other  retailers. The  Company  expects
comparable  store sales growth during the first  six months of fiscal 1996 to be
affected adversely as a result of
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
the  current   focus  on   improving  store   operations  and   the   continuing
implementation  of refinements to a standardized operating format. Consequently,
comparable store sales  growth during  the first six  months of  fiscal 1996  is
expected to compare unfavorably to the first six months of fiscal 1995 (a period
including  promotional activity that contributed to  a 9% comparable store sales
increase). However,  despite the  comparable store  sales decline  in the  first
quarter  of fiscal 1996 and additional comparable store sales declines which the
Company expects to occur in some  individual months during the remainder of  the
year, the Company expects to achieve comparable store sales increases for fiscal
1996 taken as a whole as the benefits from the standardization program and other
initiatives are realized.
    
 
   
    The  Company expects that  operating results will  continue to be negatively
impacted by several factors in the second quarter of fiscal 1996. In  connection
with the reduction in merchandise assortment, the Company is relaying all stores
with  new planograms. As a  result of the relaying  of the stores, together with
the accelerated rollout  of the POS  system, the Company  expects to  experience
disruption in its stores and increased labor costs. Further, it is expected that
the  reduced inventory assortment in the Michaels stores will not attain optimal
presentation and in-stock position until September  1996, the date by which  the
Company  expects all of the planograms to have been reset to a chainwide format.
While  the  favorable   effects  of   the  Company's   initiatives  to   improve
profitability  may not become apparent in  the Company's operating results until
the second half of fiscal 1996, the Company expects cash flow from operations to
be favorably affected throughout the year and  to be higher in fiscal 1996  than
in recent years.
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN ADDITION TO THE
OTHER  INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS BEFORE  PURCHASING  THE NOTES
OFFERED HEREBY.
 
   
    HIGH LEVERAGE; ABILITY TO SERVICE OUTSTANDING OBLIGATIONS.  The Company  is,
and  after completion of  the Offering and  the application of  the net proceeds
thereof will continue to be, highly  leveraged. At April 28, 1996, after  giving
effect  to the  Offering and  the application of  the net  proceeds thereof, the
Company's total  debt  (including current  maturities)  would have  been  $231.0
million,  and  its  total common  shareholders'  equity would  have  been $363.9
million, resulting in a total capitalization of $594.9 million and total debt as
a percentage of total capitalization  of 38.8%. The Company's operating  results
have  been and will continue to be affected by significant fixed charges related
to its indebtedness and other obligations. The Company's fixed charges in fiscal
1995, after  giving  effect to  the  Offering and  the  application of  the  net
proceeds  thereof,  would  have exceeded  its  earnings  in that  year  by $39.8
million.
    
 
   
    The Company's ability to make scheduled payments of principal of, or to  pay
the  interest on,  or to  refinance, its  indebtedness (including  the Company's
4 3/4%/6 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2003 (the "Subordinated Notes")
and the Notes)  and to pay  all rental obligations  under noncancellable  leases
will depend on its future performance, which, to a certain extent, is subject to
general  economic,  financial,  competitive, legislative,  regulatory  and other
factors beyond its control.  The Company believes  that amounts available  under
the  Credit  Agreement, as  reduced, together  with  cash from  operations, will
enable the  Company  to  fund  its current  liquidity  and  capital  expenditure
requirements,  including scheduled payments  of interest on  the Notes and other
indebtedness of  the  Company  and  rental  payments  under  its  noncancellable
operating leases. However, there can be no assurance that the Company's business
will  generate sufficient  cash flow from  operations or  that future borrowings
will be available under the Credit  Agreement in an amount sufficient to  enable
the  Company to  service its indebtedness  and pay its  rental obligations under
noncancellable  leases,  including  the  Notes,  or  make  anticipated   capital
expenditures.  As the Company's Subordinated Notes  mature prior to the maturity
of the  Notes,  the  Company  will  be required  to  retire  or  refinance  that
indebtedness  before  repaying the  Notes. Similarly,  the  Company may  need to
refinance all or a portion of the  principal of the Notes or other  indebtedness
(including  the Subordinated Notes)  on or prior  to maturity of  the Notes, and
there can be  no assurance  that the  Company will be  able to  effect any  such
refinancings  on  commercially reasonable  terms  or at  all.  See "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital Resources".
    
 
    The Credit Agreement contains significant financial and operating covenants,
including,  among other things,  requirements that the  Company maintain certain
financial ratios  and  restrictions on  the  ability  of the  Company  to  incur
indebtedness,  to make capital  expenditures, to create or  permit liens, to pay
dividends or to take certain other corporate actions. A breach of one or more of
certain covenants under the Credit Agreement could result in acceleration of the
Company's payment obligations thereunder.
 
    Any or  all of  the  restrictions, limitations  or contingencies  under  the
Credit  Agreement,  the  Notes,  and  the Subordinated  Notes,  as  well  as the
Company's leverage,  could  adversely affect  the  Company's ability  to  obtain
additional  financing in  the future,  to make  capital expenditures,  to effect
store  expansions,  to  make  acquisitions,   to  take  advantage  of   business
opportunities  that may  arise, and  to withstand  adverse general  economic and
retailing  industry  conditions  and  increased  competitive  pressures.  Retail
suppliers  monitor carefully the financial  performance of retail companies such
as the Company, and may eliminate favorable payment terms quickly upon  learning
of  actual or perceived  deterioration in the financial  condition or results of
operation of a retail company.
 
    SKU REDUCTION  PROGRAM; OPERATING  LOSS.   During fiscal  1995, the  Company
implemented  the SKU Reduction Program  and incurred approximately $64.4 million
of unusual costs  and expenses  primarily related thereto,  which are  described
under  "Management's Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations  -- General".  While the  SKU Reduction  Program was  designed  to
reduce the amount of capital invested in inventory without impairing the stores'
overall  broad assortment of merchandise, there can be no assurance that the SKU
reduction and the relaying of the  stores' planograms will not adversely  affect
customer  demand. Moreover,  there can  be no  assurance that  the lower capital
investment
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
and higher returns expected to be  achieved from the SKU Reduction Program  will
be  attained in fiscal  1996 or thereafter.  There can be  no assurance that the
Company will not  further review  its merchandise assortment  and incur  further
charges related thereto.
 
    BUSINESS  FACTORS;  ECONOMIC  AND  COMPETITIVE  CONDITIONS.    The Company's
operations may be affected adversely  by general economic conditions and  events
which  result  in  reduced  customer  spending in  the  arts  and  crafts market
generally and  the geographic  markets  served by  its  stores. In  1995,  sales
throughout  the retail industry were  generally soft and did  not meet sales and
profit expectations. The retailing industry is and will continue to be intensely
competitive. The Company will  face increasing competition  not only with  other
retailers  of craft  items and related  merchandise and  mass merchandisers that
typically dedicate a portion  of their selling space  to a limited selection  of
arts,  crafts, picture  framing and  seasonal products,  but also  with numerous
other types  of specialty  craft formats,  including specialty  stores,  general
merchandise  stores,  off-price and  discount stores,  as  well as  small family
operated businesses.  The Company  could also  face significant  competition  in
attaining  acceptable real estate locations for new stores, adequate supplies of
product, and acquisitions of other stores.  The Company believes that many  mass
merchandisers  may  have  substantially  greater  financial  resources  than the
Company. See "Business -- Competition".
 
    SEASONAL FLUCTUATIONS.   The Company's quarterly  results of operations  may
fluctuate  significantly as the result of retail consumers' purchasing patterns,
and, to a lesser  extent, the timing of  the opening of, and  the amount of  net
sales  contributed by, new  stores and the  timing of costs  associated with the
selection, leasing, construction and opening of new stores, as well as  seasonal
factors,  product  introductions  and  changes  in  product  mix.  The Company's
business is seasonal, with sales and earnings being relatively lower during  the
first  and second fiscal quarters than in  the third and fourth fiscal quarters,
with the highest quarter  in terms of sales  and profitability being the  fourth
quarter.  Historically, the fourth quarter, which includes the Christmas selling
season,  has  accounted  for  approximately  37%  of  the  Company's  sales  and
(excluding  1995)  approximately  55%  of  its  operating  income.  In addition,
excluding the  effects of  new  store openings,  the Company's  inventories  and
related  short-term  financing  needs  have  been  seasonal,  with  the greatest
requirements  occurring  during  its  second  and  third  fiscal  quarters.  The
Company's  operating  results  may  also  be  affected  by  changes  in economic
conditions in the markets where  its stores are located,  as well as by  weather
and  other  natural conditions.  See  "Management's Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
 
   
    IMPLEMENTATION/INTEGRATION OF MANAGEMENT INFORMATION  SYSTEMS.  Michaels  is
in  the process of implementing a new  POS system which management believes will
assist the Company in tracking its sales and margins more effectively. As of May
22, 1996, the POS system was operating  in more than 280 Michaels stores and  is
expected  to be implemented in substantially all stores by the end of July 1996.
The Company will then be able to capture item-level sales information in all  of
its  stores.  The Company's  future success  may be  dependent to  a significant
degree upon  the implementation,  accuracy  and proper  utilization of  the  POS
system  and its other management information systems. For example, the Company's
ability to  manage its  inventories, and  to price  its products  appropriately,
depends  upon the  quality and utilization  of the information  generated by its
management  information  systems.  The  failure  of  the  Company's   management
information  systems  to adapt  to business  needs  resulting from,  among other
things, expansion  of its  store  base, introduction  of  new products  and  the
further  development of  its various businesses,  could have  a material adverse
effect on the Company. See  "Business -- Purchasing, Distribution and  Inventory
Management" and "-- Investment in Information Technology".
    
 
   
    LITIGATION.    The Company  and certain  of its  directors and  officers are
defendants in an action filed by certain security holders of the Company seeking
class action status and alleging that misstatements and omissions by  defendants
relating  to projected  and historical  operating results,  inventory (including
matters related  to the  pre-tax charge  of  $64.4 million  in fiscal  1995  for
unusual  costs and expenses primarily associated with the SKU Reduction Program)
and other matters involving future plans, resulted in an inflation of the  price
of the Company's Common Stock. The Company is also a defendant from time to time
in   lawsuits  incidental  to   its  business.  Based   on  currently  available
information, the Company  believes that resolution  of all known  contingencies,
including  the security holder  litigation and other  litigation described under
"Business - Legal Proceedings", would not have a material adverse impact on  the
Company's financial
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
statements.  However, there can be  no assurance that future  costs would not be
material to results of operations of the Company for a particular future period.
In addition, the Company's  estimates of future costs  are subject to change  as
events  evolve and additional information becomes available during the course of
litigation. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings".
 
    UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.   The Company has  designated Aaron Brothers  and
Michaels  of Canada, Inc.  as Unrestricted Subsidiaries  (as defined herein). As
such,  the  Company  will  be  subject  to  various  restrictions  limiting  its
investments  in those subsidiaries. Moreover, the Company will not be restricted
from selling or transferring those subsidiaries or their assets and will not  be
required  to apply the proceeds from those transactions to the Notes. Similarly,
the Company will be  permitted, but will have  no obligation, to distribute  the
capital  stock of Aaron Brothers to the Company's stockholders. See "Description
of the Notes".
 
   
    CHINA TRADE  RELATIONS.    A  significant portion  of  the  Company's  store
inventory  is manufactured  in the People's  Republic of China  (the "PRC"). The
PRC's exports to the U.S., which include silk floral products, have, since 1980,
received the same  preferential tariff treatment  accorded goods from  countries
granted "most favored nation" status. However, preferential tariff treatment for
countries  with nonmarket economies, including the PRC, is granted one year at a
time, and such treatment is renewed only upon the President's recommendation  to
Congress.  Congress  may override  the President's  recommendation with  a joint
resolution to bar the extension of preferential treatment. The annual renewal of
the PRC's most favored nation treatment  has been a contentious political  issue
for  several years. The current renewal  extends through June 1996 and President
Clinton has recommended that it  be extended through June  1997. As a result  of
continued  political pressures, prospects for  renewal of the PRC's preferential
treatment after  June 1996  are uncertain.  Were the  PRC to  lose most  favored
nation  treatment, the import duty on goods manufactured in the PRC and entering
the U.S.  would increase  dramatically. According  to U.S.  Commerce  Department
statistics,  currently about  three-quarters of  the artificial  floral products
imported in the U.S. come from the PRC.
    
 
    Additionally,  U.S.  international   trade  law  directs   the  U.S.   Trade
Representative  ("USTR")  to designate  those countries  that deny  adequate and
effective intellectual property rights  or fair and  equitable market access  to
U.S.  firms that rely  on intellectual property.  From the countries designated,
the USTR is to identify as "priority" those foreign countries where the lack  of
intellectual  property rights protection is most  egregious and has the greatest
adverse impact on U.S. firms. The PRC  was recently identified as the only  such
priority  foreign country. The USTR has investigated and/or held discussions and
negotiations with the PRC repeatedly over  the past several years regarding  the
PRC's  trade  practices,  including the  PRC's  failure to  provide  agreed upon
protection of U.S. intellectual property rights. The USTR is authorized to  take
retaliatory  action, including the imposition  of retaliatory tariffs and import
restraints on goods from  priority foreign countries, if  such countries do  not
respond  to USTR investigations  by entering into good  faith negotiations or by
evidencing significant progress in protecting intellectual property rights.
 
    The Company cannot predict the likelihood, potential magnitude or effect  of
trade retaliation that might arise from the ongoing discussions and negotiations
or  result from similar  investigations in the future.  Trade retaliation in the
form of  increased  tariffs  or  quotas, or  both,  against  products  that  are
manufactured  in the  PRC and  sold by the  Company now  or in  the future could
increase the cost of such products to the Company. In the event of a substantial
increase in tariff  rates on  imported products  purchased by  the Company,  the
Company  has not determined in advance what  action, if any, it will take. There
can be  no assurance  that any  actions the  Company may  take would  allow  the
Company to prevent its results of operations from being affected adversely.
 
   
    CHANGE OF CONTROL.  The terms of the Notes require the Company, in the event
of  a change of control, to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest  to the date of repurchase.  The
terms  of the Company's  Subordinated Notes have  a similar requirement. Certain
events constituting a change  of control may  be an event  of default under  the
Credit  Agreement or other indebtedness  of the Company that  may be incurred in
the future.  Moreover,  the  exercise  by  the  holders  of  the  Notes  or  the
Subordinated Notes of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes
or
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
Subordinated  Notes  may cause  a default  under the  Credit Agreement  or other
indebtedness of the Company,  even if the change  of control does not.  Finally,
there  can be no  assurance that the  Company will have  the financial resources
necessary to repurchase the  Notes and the Subordinated  Notes upon a change  of
control.
    
 
    LACK  OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR  THE NOTES.  There  is no existing trading market
for the Notes, and there can be no assurance regarding the future development of
a market for  the Notes or  the ability of  holders of the  Notes to sell  their
Notes  or the price  at which such holders  may be able to  sell their Notes. If
such a market  were to  develop, the  Notes could trade  at prices  that may  be
higher  or  lower than  the initial  offering price  depending on  many factors,
including prevailing interest  rates, the  Company's operating  results and  the
market  for similar securities.  The Underwriters have  advised the Company that
they currently intend to make  a market in the  Notes. The Underwriters are  not
obligated to do so, however, and any market-making with respect to the Notes may
be discontinued at any time without notice. Therefore, there can be no assurance
as to the liquidity of any trading market for the Notes or that an active market
for  the Notes will develop. The Company does not intend to apply for listing or
quotation of the Notes on any securities exchange or stock market.
 
   
    Historically, the market for non-investment  grade debt has been subject  to
disruptions  that  have  caused substantial  volatility  in the  prices  of such
securities. There can be no assurance that the market for the Notes will not  be
subject  to similar disruptions. Any such disruptions may have an adverse effect
on holders of the Notes.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net  proceeds to  the Company  from  the Offering  are estimated  to  be
approximately  $121.5 million (the "Net Proceeds"). The Company intends to use a
significant portion of  the Net Proceeds  to reduce the  indebtedness under  the
Credit  Agreement, and intends to use the balance  of the Net Proceeds to fund a
portion of the cost of store renovations,  the cost of developing new stores  in
fiscal 1996 and for general corporate purposes. Pending the use of such proceeds
for  the  above  purposes,  the  Company  intends  to  invest  such  proceeds in
investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments or  in investment companies  that
invest principally in such investments. The Company's outstanding revolving bank
debt  at May 23, 1995 was $109.8 million  with a current interest rate of 7.06%.
The Company's Credit Agreement expires in June 1998. The Company's bank debt  is
with  a syndicate of banks that includes  NationsBank of Texas, N.A., which acts
as administrative lender for the banks thereunder. See "Underwriting".
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of April
28, 1996, and as adjusted for the sale of the Notes being offered hereby and the
application of  the  net proceeds  therefrom.  See  "Use of  Proceeds"  and  the
financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            AS OF APRIL 28, 1996
                                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
Cash and equivalents.....................................................................  $    7,910   $  55,925
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
Debt:
  Credit Agreement (a)...................................................................  $   73,500      --
    % Senior Notes due 2006..............................................................      --       $ 125,000
  Subordinated Notes due 2003 (b)........................................................      96,940      96,940
  Capitalized lease obligations (c)......................................................       9,059       9,059
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
    Total debt...........................................................................     179,499     230,999
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common Stock...........................................................................       2,351       2,351
  Additional paid-in capital.............................................................     268,136     268,136
  Retained earnings......................................................................      93,417      93,417
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity...........................................................     363,904     363,904
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
      Total capitalization...............................................................  $  543,403   $ 594,903
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
(a)  The  Credit Agreement provides for revolving loans and letters of credit in
     a principal amount  not to  exceed the  lesser of  $200 million  or 50%  of
     eligible  inventories. Amounts outstanding under  the Credit Agreement bear
     interest at a  Eurodollar rate plus  150 basis points  (7.03% at April  28,
     1996). The Credit Agreement expires in June 1998.
    
 
   
(b)  The  Subordinated Notes due 2003 have  an effective interest rate of 6.38%.
     The Subordinated  Notes are  redeemable at  the option  of the  Company  at
     redemption  price ranges beginning at 104.14% and declining to 100.00%. The
     Subordinated Notes are convertible into  the Company's Common Stock at  any
     time, at a conversion price of $38 per share.
    
 
   
(c)  Capitalized  lease  obligations  are  primarily  related  to  the Company's
     financing of the new POS system for its stores. The implicit interest  rate
     under  the lease is  approximately 8%. The  Company expects its capitalized
     lease obligations to increase  to $25 million by  July 1996 as the  Company
     completes its chainwide POS system roll-out.
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
   
    The  selected financial data presented below for the five fiscal years ended
January 28, 1996 are derived from  the consolidated financial statements of  the
Company  which  were audited  by Ernst  & Young  LLP, independent  auditors. The
financial data for the three  month periods ended April  28, 1996 and April  30,
1995  are derived from  unaudited financial statements.  The unaudited financial
statements include  all adjustments,  consisting of  normal recurring  accruals,
which  the Company considers necessary for  a fair presentation of the financial
position and the  results of operations  for these periods.  The data should  be
read  in conjunction with the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations"  and consolidated financial statements  and
the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                            FIRST
                                                                                 FISCAL YEAR (A)                         QUARTER (B)
                                                          -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                             1991         1992         1993         1994        1995        1995
                                                          -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT AS INDICATED)
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales (c).........................................   $   410.9    $   493.2    $   619.7    $   994.6   $ 1,294.9   $   265.5
  Gross profit (d)(e)...................................       136.5        169.6        215.8        349.8       358.3        93.5
  Operating income (loss) (e)(f)........................        25.6         34.3         41.4         64.0       (15.0)       15.4
  Interest expense......................................         7.0          0.3          6.4          9.1        16.8         3.3
  Net income (loss) (e)(f)..............................         6.9         20.4         26.3         35.6       (20.4)        7.6
 
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital (g)...................................   $    74.8    $   104.5    $   181.8    $   232.4   $   229.0   $   270.1
  Inventory.............................................        89.3        118.3        206.2        375.1       366.1       407.4
  Total assets..........................................       180.9        322.1        397.8        686.0       739.8       756.0
  Total debt (h)........................................         0.2         97.9         97.8        138.1       188.7       226.2
  Shareholders' equity..................................       126.3        155.3        185.4        355.9       336.0       364.3
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (e)(i).........................................   $    34.9    $    44.4    $    53.8    $    85.5   $    15.9   $    23.0
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense (e)(j)............         5.0x       168.9 x        8.4 x        9.4 x        --         6.9x
  Pro forma interest expense (k)........................                                                           21.8
  Ratio of EBITDA to pro forma interest expense
   (e)(j)...............................................                                                             --
  Depreciation and amortization.........................         9.2         10.2         12.5         21.5        30.9         7.6
  Capital expenditures (l)..............................         5.5         19.8         46.8         68.1        54.9        11.9
  Cash flow from operations (m).........................        19.0         16.8        (28.9 )      (38.3 )       9.2       (53.6)
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (e)(n)(o)..........        2.1x         4.7x         3.4x         3.1x          --         2.3x
  Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges
   (e)(o)(p)............................................                                                             --
 
OPERATING DATA:
  Percentage increase in total net sales................          14 %         20 %         26 %         61 %        30%         66%
  Percentage increase (decrease) in total comparable
   store sales (q)......................................           9 %          7 %          3 %          7 %         3%          9%
  Gross profit as percent of sales (e)..................        33.2 %       34.4 %       34.8 %       35.2 %      27.7%       35.2%
  EBITDA as percent of sales (e)........................         8.5 %        9.0 %        8.7 %        8.6 %       1.2%        8.7%
  Number of stores:
    Open at beginning of period.........................         137          140          168          220         380         380
    Acquired during period (r)(s).......................           0            4            0          104           0           0
    Opened during period................................           4           24           54           61          64          15
    Closed or sold during period (t)....................           1            0            2            5           2           0
    Open at end of period...............................         140          168          220          380         442         395
  Inventory per Michaels store at end of period
   ($000s)..............................................  $      638   $      704   $      937   $      987   $     804  $    1,009
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                             1996
                                                          -----------
 
<S>                                                       <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales (c).........................................   $   301.9
  Gross profit (d)(e)...................................        96.8
  Operating income (loss) (e)(f)........................         7.8
  Interest expense......................................         3.7
  Net income (loss) (e)(f)..............................         2.7
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital (g)...................................   $   243.9
  Inventory.............................................       377.1
  Total assets..........................................       757.2
  Total debt (h)........................................       179.5
  Shareholders' equity..................................       363.9
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (e)(i).........................................   $    16.6
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense (e)(j)............         4.5 x
  Pro forma interest expense (k)........................         4.9
  Ratio of EBITDA to pro forma interest expense
   (e)(j)...............................................         3.4 x
  Depreciation and amortization.........................         8.8
  Capital expenditures (l)..............................         7.8
  Cash flow from operations (m).........................         1.6
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (e)(n)(o)..........         1.4 x
  Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges
   (e)(o)(p)............................................         1.3 x
OPERATING DATA:
  Percentage increase in total net sales................          14 %
  Percentage increase (decrease) in total comparable
   store sales (q)......................................          (1 )%
  Gross profit as percent of sales (e)..................        32.1 %
  EBITDA as percent of sales (e)........................         5.5 %
  Number of stores:
    Open at beginning of period.........................         442
    Acquired during period (r)(s).......................           0
    Opened during period................................           5
    Closed or sold during period (t)....................           1
    Open at end of period...............................         446
  Inventory per Michaels store at end of period
   ($000s)..............................................  $      816
</TABLE>
    
 
   
Footnotes on next page.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
- ------------------------
 
(a)  The  Company operates  on a  52/53 week  fiscal year  ending on  the Sunday
    closest to January  31. For example,  references to "fiscal  1995" mean  the
    fiscal  year  ended  January 28,  1996.  All  fiscal years  set  forth above
    included 52 weeks.
 
   
(b) Thirteen week periods ended April 30, 1995 and April 28, 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
(c) Net sales represents gross sales less returns.
    
 
   
(d) Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales and occupancy expense.
    
 
   
(e) Includes effect  of a pre-tax  charge of  $64.4 million in  fiscal 1995  for
    unusual  costs  and expenses  primarily  associated with  the  SKU Reduction
    Program, which  charge reduced  gross profit  by $57.5  million, EBITDA  and
    operating income by $62.4 million, and net income by $41.9 million in fiscal
    1995.
    
 
   
(f)  Includes  effect of  certain  store closing  and  conversion costs  of $7.1
    million in  fiscal 1994  relating to  the acquisition  of Leewards  Creative
    Crafts,  Inc., which charge reduced operating income by $7.1 million and net
    income by $4.4 million in fiscal 1994.
    
 
   
(g) Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.
    
 
   
(h) Total debt includes  bank debt, the Subordinated  Notes (as defined  herein)
    and capital lease obligations.
    
 
   
(i) EBITDA is calculated as operating income plus depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a
    company's ability to incur and service debt. EBITDA should not be considered
    by  an investor  as an  alternative to  net income,  as an  indicator of the
    operating performance of the Company, or as an alternative to cash flow as a
    measure of liquidity.
    
 
   
(j) EBITDA  was insufficient  to  cover interest  expense  in fiscal  1995.  The
    deficiency  for fiscal 1995  was $959,000. On  a pro forma  basis for fiscal
    1995, the deficiency would have been $6.0 million.
    
 
   
(k) Pro forma interest expense reflects  the offering of the Notes assuming  the
    application of proceeds as described in "Use of Proceeds" as if the same had
    occurred  on  January 30,  1995 and  giving  effect to  the net  increase in
    interest expense resulting  from the  issuance of  the Notes  at an  assumed
    interest  rate of 10.5% from  January 29, 1995. The  actual interest rate on
    the Notes may  be higher or  lower than this  rate. A 0.125%  change in  the
    interest  rate would change  pro forma interest expense  by $156,250 for the
    year ended January 28, 1996.
    
 
   
(l)  Capital  expenditures  includes  acquisitions  of  property  and  equipment
    excluding assets acquired pursuant to acquisitions and additions to property
    and equipment financed via capital leases.
    
 
   
(m)  Cash flow from operations  is defined as net cash  provided by (or used in)
    operating activities as  shown in the  Company's Consolidated Statements  of
    Cash Flows.
    
 
   
(n) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist  of income  (loss) before  income taxes  for such  period plus fixed
    charges deducted in calculating income (loss) for such period. Fixed charges
    consist of interest incurred, amortization of deferred financing fees and an
    amount representing the interest factor included in rental expenses.
    
 
   
(o) Earnings  were insufficient  to  cover fixed  charges  in fiscal  1995.  The
    deficiency  for fiscal  1995 was  $34.8 million.  On a  pro forma  basis for
    fiscal 1995, the deficiency would have been $39.8 million.
    
 
   
(p) Pro forma  fixed charges  reflects the offering  of the  Notes assuming  the
    application of proceeds as described in the "Use of Proceeds" as if the same
    had  occurred on January 29,  1995 and giving effect  to the net increase in
    interest expense resulting  from the  issuance of  the Notes  at an  assumed
    interest rate of 10.5% from January 29, 1995.
    
 
   
(q)  New stores  are generally included  in the calculation  of comparable store
    sales for the  first full month  following the one-year  anniversary of  the
    completion  of  the  grand  opening sales  period,  which  is  generally the
    thirteenth or fourteenth month  after the store  opening. The sales  amounts
    for  each store included in the calculation represent the sales for the same
    number of months for each period compared.
    
 
   
(r) Excludes the 68 Aaron Brothers stores acquired in 1995.
    
 
   
(s) Net  of  19 stores  acquired  in fiscal  1994  that the  Company  closed  as
    contemplated at the time of acquisition.
    
 
   
(t)  Includes Michaels stores closed in fiscal  1994 due to the acquisition of a
    new store in the same general  market area, but excludes 19 acquired  stores
    that the Company closed as contemplated at the time of acquisition.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    CERTAIN  STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN AND  ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS WHICH
ARE NOT HISTORICAL FACTS ARE  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS  AND
UNCERTAINTIES,  INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CUSTOMER DEMAND AND TRENDS IN THE
ARTS, CRAFTS  AND DECORATIVE  ITEMS  INDUSTRY, RELATED  INVENTORY RISKS  DUE  TO
SHIFTS  IN CUSTOMER  DEMAND, THE  EFFECT OF  ECONOMIC CONDITIONS,  THE IMPACT OF
COMPETITORS' LOCATIONS AND PRICING, THE  AVAILABILITY OF ACCEPTABLE REAL  ESTATE
LOCATIONS  FOR NEW STORES, DIFFICULTIES WITH RESPECT TO NEW TECHNOLOGIES SUCH AS
POINT-OF-SALE SYSTEMS,  SUPPLY  CONSTRAINTS  OR  DIFFICULTIES,  THE  RESULTS  OF
FINANCING  EFFORTS, THE  EFFECT OF THE  COMPANY'S ACCOUNTING  POLICIES AND OTHER
RISKS DETAILED IN "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
    
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The financial results of the Company in recent years have been significantly
affected by the rapid expansion of  the Company through both new store  openings
and  acquisitions. In fiscal 1993, 1994 and  1995, the Company added 54, 184 and
64 stores,  respectively, before  considering store  closures of  2, 24  and  2,
respectively.  During these periods, the  Company obtained a substantial portion
of its sales  increases from stores  added during, or  subsequent to, the  prior
comparable   period  and  thus  not  yet  included  in  comparable  store  sales
comparisons. During these periods, sales  from these newer stores accounted  for
approximately  88%, 93% and 96%, respectively, of aggregate sales increases. The
Company anticipates that future growth will be more moderate than in the past as
it continues to focus on  return on investment, inventory control,  productivity
enhancements and improved cash flow. The Company intends to add approximately 12
to  15 Michaels stores and five to ten  Aaron Brothers stores in fiscal 1996, of
which five Michaels stores have been opened as of April 28, 1996.
    
 
   
    In fiscal  1994,  the Company  added  184 Michaels  stores  in part  due  to
acquisitions.  In  February 1994,  the Company  acquired Treasure  House Stores,
Inc., a chain of nine arts and crafts stores operating primarily in the  Seattle
market,  for 280,000 shares  of the Company's  Common Stock. In  April 1994, the
Company acquired the affiliated arts and crafts stores of Oregon Craft &  Floral
Supply  Co., with eight  stores located primarily in  the Portland, Oregon area,
and H&H  Craft  & Floral  Supply  Co., with  eight  stores located  in  southern
California, for a total of 455,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. In July
1994, Michaels acquired Leewards Creative Crafts, Inc. ("Leewards"), an Illinois
based arts and crafts retailer which operated 98 stores located primarily in the
midwestern   and  northeastern  United  States.  The  acquisition  consideration
consisted of approximately  $7.9 million  in cash  and 1,195,140  shares of  the
Company's  Common Stock. Upon  consummation of the  acquisition of Leewards, the
Company also  repaid  approximately  $39.6 million  of  Leewards'  indebtedness.
Nineteen  of these  acquired stores  were closed  and all  remaining stores were
converted to the Michaels format.
    
 
   
    In March 1995, the Company acquired Aaron Brothers, which currently operates
a chain  of 68  specialty framing  and art  supply stores  located primarily  in
California.  The acquisition  consideration of  $25.0 million  consisted of $5.3
million in cash and the assumption of $19.7 million in bank debt. Shortly  after
consummation of the acquisition, the Company repaid Aaron Brothers' bank debt.
    
 
    Having  achieved its objective of becoming the largest retailer in the arts,
crafts and decorative  items industry, the  Company recognized that  it had  the
critical  mass to  achieve improved  operating efficiencies  resulting in higher
returns on  its invested  capital. Toward  that  end, on  August 23,  1995,  the
Company  announced  a shift  in its  focus from  sales growth  towards realizing
higher returns on  its invested  capital. During  the second  quarter of  fiscal
1995,  the Company's management conducted a critical analysis of the composition
of the  Company's  merchandise  assortment  and  the  velocity  of  turnover  of
individual  SKUs and vendor lines included  in each category of merchandise. The
Company then implemented the SKU Reduction Program which was designed to  reduce
the   amount  of  the  Company's  capital  allocated  to  store  inventories  by
approximately 5% on  a per-store  basis by  year-end 1995  compared to  year-end
1994.  The SKU Reduction  Program was implemented  by setting new  levels of the
appropriate number of SKUs to be included in the various merchandise  categories
and  by eliminating  slower turning  and less  profitable product  lines without
impairing the stores' overall broad selection of more popular merchandise.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    In connection with promotional activity during the second quarter of  fiscal
1995,  the Company had begun to identify  SKUs to be included in clearance sales
in June and  July 1995.  Concurrently with  the analysis  which led  to the  SKU
Reduction  Program,  the  Company  also  identified  additional  SKUs, including
various seasonal SKUs, for  clearance or elimination.  The Company identified  a
total  of approximately 7,500 SKUs for elimination in the SKU Reduction Program.
Substantially all of the inventory identified for liquidation has been sold.  As
a  result of the SKU Reduction Program,  the Company now offers an assortment of
approximately 44,000 SKUs in the typical  Michaels store during the course of  a
year  (including  seasonal  product),  of which  approximately  31,000  SKUs are
planogrammed SKUs offered at  all times. Moreover,  the Company's inventory  per
Michaels  stores at the end of fiscal 1995 was approximately $804,000 per store,
which represents a 19% decrease versus the end of fiscal 1994.
 
    The SKU Reduction  Program resulted in  the Company incurring  approximately
$64.4  million of unusual costs  and expenses for the  fiscal quarter ended July
30, 1995, which  primarily included  costs for inventory  liquidated during  the
quarter  as  well  as anticipated  costs  of inventory  liquidations  during the
balance of fiscal 1995. The Company  believes that operating at lower  inventory
levels  as a result of  the SKU Reduction Program will  result in an increase in
inventory turns, providing  improved cash  flow and higher  returns on  invested
capital.  Management believes that this improved  cash flow, combined with lower
inventory financing requirements will  also result in  the strengthening of  the
Company's balance sheet.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following table shows the percentage of net sales that each item in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations represents.  This table should be read  in
conjunction  with the following  discussion and with  the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements, including the related notes.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     FISCAL YEAR
                                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales................................................................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales and occupancy expense......................................................       65.2       64.9       72.3
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit.............................................................................       34.8       35.1       27.7
Selling, general and administrative expense..............................................       28.1       28.0       28.9
Store closing and conversion costs.......................................................        0.0        0.7        0.0
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)..................................................................        6.7        6.4       (1.2)
Interest expense.........................................................................        1.0        0.9        1.3
Other expense (income), net..............................................................       (1.2)      (0.2)       0.2
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes........................................................        6.9        5.7       (2.7)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.....................................................        2.7        2.1       (1.1)
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)........................................................................        4.2%       3.6%      (1.6)%
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In the discussion below, all percentages given for expense items  (excluding
taxes) are calculated as a percentage of net sales for the applicable year.
 
FOR FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
   
    Net  sales in fiscal 1995 (ended January 28, 1996) increased $300.3 million,
or 30%, over fiscal 1994 (ended January  29, 1995). The results for fiscal  1995
included  sales from  62 Michaels  stores (net of  2 closures)  that were opened
during the year.  During fiscal 1995,  sales of the  newer stores accounted  for
$287.3  million of the increase. Comparable  store sales increased three percent
in fiscal 1995 compared to the prior year.
    
 
    Cost of  sales and  occupancy  expense for  fiscal  1995 increased  by  7.4%
compared  to  fiscal  1994  due  primarily  to  reduced  margin  on  merchandise
associated with the SKU Reduction  Program. Other contributing factors  included
the Company's aggressive promotional strategy during the Christmas holiday sales
period  and an increase in occupancy expense as a percentage of sales. Occupancy
expense increased
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
primarily due  to  the inclusion  of  the results  of  operations of  the  Aaron
Brothers  stores, which  had higher occupancy  expense as a  percentage of sales
than the typical Michaels store, and to the impact of fixed occupancy expense in
certain of the Company's more mature stores that encountered sales declines.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expense increased by 0.9% in fiscal 1995
from fiscal 1994. A significant portion of the increase can be attributed to the
one-time charge taken  in the second  quarter of fiscal  1995 ($4.9 million,  or
0.4%  of  sales)  to cover  certain  retirement  costs of  the  Company's former
President and Chief  Operating Officer and  costs related to  the SKU  Reduction
Program.  The  balance of  the  increase was  primarily  due to  increased store
depreciation due to the Company's continued investment in its new POS system.
 
    Interest expense for fiscal 1995 was $16.8 million compared to $9.1  million
in  fiscal 1994. The increase was due to higher bank borrowings to acquire Aaron
Brothers and to finance  new stores, investment in  POS equipment, and  seasonal
inventory growth.
 
    Other  expense was $3.0 million  in fiscal 1995 compared  to other income of
$2.2 million in fiscal 1994. The net expense in fiscal 1995 was due  principally
to   investment  losses  sustained  as  the  Company  liquidated  its  remaining
investment portfolio,  compared to  net investment  income earned  in the  prior
year.
 
    The effective tax rate changed to a 41.4% benefit rate in fiscal 1995 from a
37.6%  provision rate in fiscal 1994 due principally to the interrelated effects
in 1995  of increased  goodwill  amortization and  the  level of  the  Company's
pre-tax loss.
 
FOR FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993
 
   
    Net  sales in fiscal 1994 increased $374.9 million, or 60%, over fiscal 1993
(ended January 30, 1994).  The results for fiscal  1994 included sales from  160
Michaels  stores (net of  24 closures) that  were opened or  acquired during the
year. During fiscal 1994, sales of the newer stores accounted for $348.6 million
of the increase. Comparable store sales  increased seven percent in fiscal  1994
compared to the prior year.
    
 
    Cost  of  sales and  occupancy  expense for  fiscal  1994 decreased  by 0.3%
compared to fiscal  1993 due primarily  to increases in  sales of higher  margin
custom  framing and floral services, an improvement in the gross margin achieved
on seasonal  merchandise sales  and greater  margin contributions  from new  and
acquired  stores, due  principally to new  store volume  discounts from vendors.
This improvement  in  gross  margin  was partially  offset  by  an  increase  in
occupancy  expenses  driven by  the Company's  shift to  new stores  with higher
average selling square footage than existing stores, coupled with the  Company's
expansion   into  states  with   higher  occupancy  costs   such  as  New  York,
Massachusetts and Connecticut.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by 0.1% in fiscal 1994
from fiscal 1993. The decrease was due primarily to continued leveraging of  the
Company's general and administrative expenditures over a larger revenue base.
 
    Interest  expense for fiscal 1994 was  $9.1 million compared to $6.4 million
in fiscal 1993.  The increase  was due to  higher bank  borrowings coupled  with
higher interest rates than in 1993.
 
   
    Other  income (net of expense)  was $2.2 million in  fiscal 1994 compared to
$7.7 million in fiscal 1993. This decrease from fiscal 1993 was due to a decline
in the Company's average investment portfolio, which was used to fund the  store
expansion program.
    
 
    The  effective tax rate was reduced to 37.6%  in fiscal 1994 from a 38.4% in
fiscal 1993  primarily due  to  the Company's  participation in  tax  advantaged
programs, partially offset by increases in non-deductible goodwill amortization.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company's working  capital needs are  driven primarily  by the seasonal
build in inventory to support higher sales in the third and fourth quarters, and
to a  lesser extent  to fund  the Company's  growth in  new stores  and  systems
improvements. Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 1995 was $9.2
million as
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
compared  to net cash used  by operating activities of  $38.3 million for fiscal
1994. Net cash  provided by  operating activities during  fiscal 1995  increased
primarily  due to  the SKU  Reduction Program.  Proceeds from  the SKU Reduction
Program were used to pay down bank debt.
 
    Capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions) during fiscal 1995 were  $54.9
million,  incurred primarily for the  opening of 64 new  Michaels stores and the
remodeling, relocation  or  expansion  of  approximately  27  existing  Michaels
stores,  and to a lesser  extent the opening of  a new distribution facility and
certain computer system enhancements.
 
   
    The Company  plans to  spend approximately  $60 million  to $65  million  on
capital  expenditures during fiscal 1996. The Company plans to add only 12 to 15
Michaels stores, at a cost of approximately $300,000 to $400,000 per store,  and
five  to ten  Aaron Brothers  stores, at  a cost  of approximately  $135,000 per
store. These costs include furniture, fixtures, and equipment. In addition,  the
initial  inventory  investment associated  with the  typical new  Michaels store
ranges from  approximately $450,000  to $650,000  depending on  the store  size,
operating  format and time of year opened. The inventory invested in the typical
new Aaron Brothers store ranges from $120,000 to $135,000. The initial inventory
investment in new Michaels stores is  offset, in part, by extended vendor  terms
and  allowances. The  Company expects that  capital expenditures  related to new
store openings will be approximately $6  million in fiscal 1996. In addition  to
new store opening costs and expenses, the Company expects to spend an additional
$28  million to $30 million on  POS and merchandising systems, approximately $12
million on store relocations and remodeling, $7 million on the relocation of the
Company's Texas  distribution center,  and  $7 million  to  $10 million  on  the
relocation of the Company's corporate offices and various other projects.
    
 
   
    The  Company's new  POS system,  which has been  installed in  more than 280
Michaels stores as of  May 22, 1996  and which the Company  believes will be  in
place  in substantially all  Michaels stores by  the end of  July 1996, is being
financed primarily through a $25 million  capital lease program with IBM  Credit
Corporation at an interest rate of approximately 8%.
    
 
    At  January 28,  1996, the  Company had  working capital  of $229.0 million,
compared to $232.4 million at January  29, 1995. The Company's Credit  Agreement
presently  provides for an unsecured line of credit, and the issuance of letters
of credit, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200 million. As of January  28,
1996  the Company had $95.7 million in available unused borrowing capacity under
the Credit Agreement. In April 1996, the Company completed the Private Placement
resulting in proceeds  to the  Company of $25  million. The  Company used  these
proceeds to further reduce its borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
 
   
    The  Company has had  negotiations with the  administrative lender under the
Credit Agreement to reduce  the amount of  the facility from  a maximum of  $200
million  to  a maximum  of $100  million  and to  modify certain  covenants. The
Company expects that after the modification,  the Credit Agreement will be  used
primarily to finance seasonal working capital requirements.
    
 
    Michaels  believes that its  available cash, funds  generated by operations,
the proceeds  from  the  Offering,  the IBM  Credit  Corporation  capital  lease
financing and funds available under the Credit Agreement should be sufficient to
finance  its continuing operations and sustain current growth plans. The Company
believes that it can finance an annual store expansion of 12% to 15% (on a store
square footage basis) from internally generated cash flow.
 
SEASONALITY AND INFLATION
 
   
    The Company's business is seasonal in nature with higher sales in the  third
and fourth fiscal quarters. Historically, the fourth quarter, which includes the
Christmas  selling season, has accounted for  approximately 37% of the Company's
sales and (excluding fiscal 1995) approximately 55% of its operating income.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
    The following  table  sets  forth  selected  unaudited  quarterly  operating
results for the Company's nine most recent quarterly periods.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FIRST       SECOND      THIRD       FOURTH
                                                                  QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
FISCAL 1994:
  Net sales....................................................  $  159,798  $  174,204  $  283,069  $  377,492
  Cost of sales and occupancy expense..........................     103,511     111,237     187,566     242,423
  Operating income (a).........................................       9,071       3,076      14,827      37,062
  Net income (a)...............................................       4,967         713       7,813      22,154
 
FISCAL 1995:
  Net sales....................................................  $  265,547  $  259,910  $  312,696  $  456,733
  Cost of sales and occupancy expense..........................     172,043     230,133     208,736     325,625
  Operating income (loss) (b)..................................      15,420     (54,973)     12,921      11,586
  Net income (loss) (b)........................................       7,557     (33,124)      3,006       2,144
 
FISCAL 1996:
  Net sales....................................................  $  301,875
  Cost of sales and occupancy expense..........................     205,067
  Operating income.............................................       7,838
  Net income...................................................       2,725
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
(a)  After  certain store  closing and conversion  costs of  $7.1 million, which
     charge reduced operating  income by  $7.1 million  and net  income by  $4.4
     million in the second quarter of fiscal 1994.
    
 
   
(b)  Includes  effect of a pre-tax charge of $64.4 million for unusual costs and
     expenses primarily associated with the SKU Reduction Program, which  charge
     reduced  operating income by $62.4 million  and net income by $41.9 million
     in the second quarter of fiscal 1995.
    
 
    Management considers the effect of inflation on fiscal 1995 results and  its
projected effect on fiscal 1996 financial results to be nominal.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
   
    With  approximately  $1.3  billion in  sales,  the Company  is  the nation's
largest retailer  dedicated to  serving the  arts, crafts  and decorative  items
marketplace.   The  Company's  Michaels   stores  offer  a   wide  selection  of
competitively priced items, including general crafts, home decor items,  picture
framing materials and services, art and hobby supplies, party supplies, silk and
dried  flowers,  wearable art,  needlecrafts,  ribbon and  seasonal  and holiday
merchandise. The Company's primary customers in its stores are women aged  25-54
with  above  average median  household incomes,  and  the Company  believes that
repeat customers account  for a substantial  portion of its  sales. The  average
sale  in the Company's Michaels stores has increased annually from approximately
$12.00 in fiscal 1991 to $14.44 in  fiscal 1995, due in part to increased  sales
of custom framing, custom floral arrangements and home decor items.
    
 
    In  March 1995,  the Company acquired  Aaron Brothers, a  chain of specialty
framing and art supply stores operating primarily in California that  management
believes both complements the Michaels store concept and further strengthens the
Company's  position in Southern California.  The Company's Aaron Brothers stores
offer professional custom  framing services, photo  frames, and a  full line  of
ready  made frames as  well as a  wide selection of  art supplies. During fiscal
1995, Aaron Brothers generated sales of  $53.9 million. The average sale in  the
Company's Aaron Brothers stores is approximately $23.94.
 
   
    The  Company operates 448 Michaels stores and 68 Aaron Brothers stores in 45
states,  Puerto  Rico  and  Canada.   The  Company's  Michaels  stores   average
approximately  16,000 square  feet of selling  space and offer  an assortment of
approximately 44,000  SKUs  in a  typical  store during  the  course of  a  year
(including   seasonal  product),   of  which   approximately  31,000   SKUs  are
planogrammed SKUs  offered at  all times.  The Company's  Aaron Brothers  stores
average approximately 6,700 square feet of selling space and offer an assortment
of approximately 6,500 SKUs. For fiscal 1995, the average sales of the Company's
Michaels  and Aaron  Brothers stores  open for  the full  fiscal year  were $3.0
million and $0.9 million, respectively.
    
 
    The Company  believes it  is well  positioned to  continue to  solidify  its
position  as the dominant nationwide specialty arts, crafts and decorative items
retailer while increasing its  return on invested  capital through its  business
strategies  of (i) offering a broad selection  of products in an appealing store
environment that emphasizes superior customer service, (ii) effectively managing
its investment  in inventory  through  centralized purchasing  and  distribution
combined  with  significant investment  in  management information  systems, and
(iii) continuing to expand its nationwide presence.
 
MERCHANDISING AND MARKETING
 
    The Company's Michaels store  merchandising strategy is  to provide a  broad
selection  of  products  in  an  appealing  store  environment  which emphasizes
superior customer service.
 
    PRODUCT SELECTION
 
    In  general,  each  Michaels  store   offers  products  from  a  number   of
departments.  Most  of  the  departments  offer  essentially  the  same  type of
merchandise throughout the year, although the  products may vary from season  to
season. The merchandise offered by the major departments is as follows:
 
        - General  craft materials, including  those for stenciling, doll
          making, jewelry making, woodworking, wall decor, tole painting,
          and plaster;
 
        - Items  for   personalizing   home   decor,   including   vases,
          containers,  baskets,  candles,  potpourri,  accent  furniture,
          lamps, candleholders and gifts;
 
        - Picture framing  materials and  services, including  ready-made
          frames and custom framing, mat boards, glass, backing materials
          and related supplies, framed art and photo albums;
 
        - Fine  art materials, representing a number of major brand lines
          and including items such as pastels, water colors, oil  paints,
          acrylics, easels, brushes, paper and canvas;
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
        - Hobby  items,  including  finished  doll  houses  and miniature
          furniture, wooden and plastic model kits and related  supplies,
          and paint-by-number kits;
 
        - Party  needs,  including paper  party  goods, gift  wrap, candy
          making and  cake  decorating  supplies,  invitations,  greeting
          cards, balloons and candy;
 
        - Needlecraft  items, including stitchery supplies, hand-knitting
          yarns, needles, canvas  and related  supplies for  needlepoint,
          embroidery  and cross stitching,  knitting, crochet, rug making
          kits, and quilts and afghans,  which are sold separately or  in
          kits;
 
        - Silk   flowers,  dried  flowers   and  artificial  plants  sold
          separately or in ready-made and custom floral arrangements, all
          accessories needed for floral arranging, wedding millinery, and
          other floral items such as wreaths;
 
        - Wearable art, including adult's and children's garments, fabric
          paints,  embellishments,  jewels  and  sequins,  transfers  and
          appliques;
 
        - Ribbon,  including satins, laces, florals and other styles sold
          both in bolts and by the yard.
 
    In addition to the basic departments described above, the Company  regularly
features  seasonal  merchandise.  Seasonal merchandise  is  ordered  for several
holiday periods, including Valentine's Day, Easter, Mother's Day, Halloween  and
Thanksgiving,  in  addition  to  the  Christmas  season.  For  example, seasonal
merchandise for the  Christmas season includes  trees, wreaths, candles,  lights
and ornaments.
 
    The  Company  is  adding  a  home  decor  do-it-yourself  fabric  program in
approximately 40 Michaels stores which complements the Company's core  strategy.
In  addition, Michaels has successfully added  a new wedding invitation business
and a wedding equipment rental business.
 
   
    The following table shows Michaels' sales  by department as a percentage  of
total sales for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            FISCAL YEAR
                                                                                               -------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT                                                                                        1993         1994         1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----        -----        -----
                                                                                                        (PERCENT OF SALES)
<S>                                                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>
Silk and dried flowers and plants............................................................          21%          22%          22%
General craft materials and wearable art.....................................................          21           20           17
Picture framing..............................................................................          15           15           16
Home decor, seasonal and promotional items...................................................          14           14           15
Fine art materials...........................................................................          11           10           11
Hobby, party, needlecraft, ribbon and all other..............................................          18           19           19
                                                                                                      ---          ---          ---
  Total......................................................................................         100%         100%         100%
                                                                                                      ---          ---          ---
                                                                                                      ---          ---          ---
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    During the Christmas selling season, up to 25% of floor and shelf space in a
typical  store is  devoted to  Christmas crafts,  Christmas decorating  and gift
making merchandise. Because  of the project-oriented  nature of these  products,
the  Company's  peak  Christmas  selling  season  extends  from  October through
December.  Accordingly,  a  fully  developed  seasonal  merchandising   program,
including  inventory, merchandise layout and instructional ideas, is implemented
in each Michaels  store beginning in  July of each  year. This program  requires
additional inventory accumulation so that each store is fully stocked during the
peak  season. Sales of  all merchandise typically  increase during the Christmas
selling season because of increased customer traffic. The Company believes  that
merchandise  centered on  other traditional  holidays, such  as Valentine's Day,
Easter and Halloween, is becoming more  popular and is a growing contributor  to
sales.
    
 
   
    The  Michaels selling floor strategy  is developed centrally and implemented
at the store level  through the use of  planograms which provide store  managers
with  detailed descriptions and  illustrations with respect  to store layout and
merchandise presentation. Planograms are also  used to cluster various  products
which can be combined to create individual projects.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    Aaron  Brothers  stores offer  professional  custom framing  services, photo
frames, and a full line of ready made frames as well as a wide selection of  art
supplies.  The Company's merchandising strategy for its Aaron Brothers stores is
to provide competitively priced superior custom framing services and  selection,
with  a five  business day guarantee  or the  frame is free.  In addition, Aaron
Brothers strives  to  provide a  fashion  forward merchandise  selection  in  an
appealing environment with superior customer service.
 
    CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
    The  Company believes that customer service is critical to its merchandising
strategy. Many of the  craft supplies sold in  Michaels stores can be  assembled
into  unique end-products with an appropriate  amount of guidance and direction.
Accordingly, Michaels has hundreds  of displays in every  store in an effort  to
stimulate  and  promote  new project  ideas,  and supplies  project  sheets with
detailed instructions  on  how  to  assemble the  products.  In  addition,  many
Michaels  sales associates are craft enthusiasts  who are able to help customers
with ideas and  instructions. The  Company also offers  free demonstrations  and
inexpensive  classes in stores as a means of promoting new craft ideas. Michaels
believes that  the  in-store  "how-to"  demonstrations,  instructional  classes,
knowledgeable  sales  associates, and  customer  focus groups  have  allowed the
Company to better understand and serve its customers.
 
    ADVERTISING
 
    The Company  believes  that its  advertising  promotes art,  craft,  floral,
framing  and  home  decor ideas  among  its  customers. The  Company  focuses on
circular and newspaper  advertising. The Company  has found full-color  circular
advertising,  primarily as an insert to  newspapers but also through direct mail
or on display within its stores, to be the most effective medium of advertising.
Such circulars  advertise  numerous products  in  order to  emphasize  the  wide
selection  of products available  at Michaels stores.  The Company believes that
its ability to advertise through  circulars and newspapers approximately once  a
week  in each  of its markets  provides the  Company with an  advantage over its
smaller competitors.
 
    Generally,  the  Company  has  limited  television  advertising  to  network
television in those major markets in which it has clusters of Michaels stores or
in which it is adding new stores. From time to time, Michaels' marketing program
has   included  advertising  campaigns  on  certain  national  cable  television
networks, among them  The Discovery  Channel-TM-, Lifetime  Television, and  USA
Network-Registered  Trademark-.  A  significant  portion of  the  cost  of these
advertising campaigns  were underwritten  by  vendors in  1994 and  1995.  These
programs  have  coordinated television  advertising and  circular advertisements
together with project booklets,  in-store demonstrations, and new  point-of-sale
techniques.
 
PURCHASING, DISTRIBUTION AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
    To  enhance  its competitive  positioning the  Company is  actively pursuing
improvements throughout its  supply chain.  These improvements  are intended  to
minimize  the investment in  inventory necessary to  support the Company's sales
growth objectives, maximize its stores' in-stock position, and improve the cost-
effectiveness of the delivery of goods from its vendors to its stores.
 
    PURCHASING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
   
    The Company utilizes a centralized  purchasing and distribution strategy  to
manage  its  inventory.  The  Company's  purchasing  strategy  is  to  negotiate
centrally with  its vendors  in order  to take  advantage of  volume  purchasing
discounts  and improve control over product mix  and inventory. In excess of 90%
of the  merchandise acquired  by the  stores is  from vendors  on the  Company's
"approved  list". Of this  merchandise, approximately one-half  is received from
the Company's  distribution  centers  and one-half  is  received  directly  from
vendors. In addition, most stores have the flexibility to purchase from 2% to 5%
of  their  merchandise  directly  from local  vendors,  which  allows  the store
managers to tailor  the products  offered in their  stores to  local tastes  and
trends.  District managers are  responsible for monitoring  store purchases on a
weekly basis to further manage the stores' merchandise needs.
    
 
    The Company believes that its distribution capabilities allow it to maintain
a high in-stock  position in its  stores while balancing  its overall  inventory
position.  The  Company  believes  its  distribution  network  is  a competitive
advantage and it intends to increase the flow of goods through its  distribution
centers  and thereby reduce  its supply chain costs  and more effectively manage
its investment in inventories. The
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Company currently operates four distribution  centers which supply the  Michaels
stores  with  certain  merchandise,  including  substantially  all  seasonal and
promotional items.  The Company's  distribution centers  are located  in  Texas,
California,  Kentucky,  and Florida.  The  Company also  utilizes  a third-party
warehouse in Oregon which allows the Company to store bulk purchases of seasonal
and promotional merchandise prior to distribution and operates a secondary  bulk
storage  facility  in  Arizona.  Michaels  stores  receive  deliveries  from the
distribution centers generally once  a week (twice a  week during the  Christmas
selling season) through an internal distribution network using hired trucks.
 
   
    To  improve its capacity and efficiency, the Company is relocating its Texas
distribution center within the Dallas/Fort Worth area during the summer of  1996
at  a total cost of $21 million, of which $14 million is covered by an operating
lease and $7 million will consist of a capital expenditure in fiscal 1996 by the
Company. (The leases on the Company's current Texas facilities expire in January
1997.) The Florida distribution center, which opened during fiscal 1995, and the
new Texas facility  give the  Company considerable flexibility  and capacity  in
meeting its distribution needs.
    
 
    Substantially  all of the products sold  in Michaels stores are manufactured
in the United States,  the Far East  and Mexico. Goods  manufactured in the  Far
East  generally require long  lead times and  are ordered four  to six months in
advance of delivery. Such products are  either imported directly by the  Company
or  acquired  from  distributors  based  in the  United  States.  In  all cases,
purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars (or Canadian dollars for purchases  of
certain items delivered directly to stores in Canada).
 
    Aaron  Brothers purchases all  of its merchandise  centrally. Aaron Brothers
operates a  126,000 square  foot  distribution center  located  in the  City  of
Commerce,  California that currently serves all of its stores. Approximately 60%
of the store  stock is  shipped directly  from the  Aaron Brothers  distribution
center,  with the remaining  40% being shipped directly  from the vendors. Aaron
Brothers systematically replenishes each of its stores automatically on a weekly
basis.
 
    INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company's primary objectives for inventory management are maximizing the
efficiency of the flow of product to the stores, improving store efficiency, and
optimizing store  in-stock  and overall  investment  in inventory.  The  Company
manages  its  inventory  in  several ways,  including:  weekly  tracking  of the
"open-to-buy" status  for each  of  several sources  of  inventory flow  to  the
stores;  the use of planograms with  "order point/order quantity" information to
control the reorder for each SKU; the review of item-level sales information  in
order  to track the sell-through  of seasonal and promotional  items and to plan
its assortments; and the  use of management incentive  plans that are linked  to
the  achievement of inventory goals. The data that the Company is obtaining from
its new POS system is an integral component in the inventory management process.
In  addition,  inventories  are  verified  through  physical  counts   conducted
throughout  the  year generally  in groups  of 30  to 40  stores and  a complete
physical count in all stores as close as practicable to year-end.
 
STORE OPERATIONS
 
   
    The Company's 448 Michaels stores  average approximately 16,000 square  feet
of  selling space. The Company's 68  Aaron Brothers stores average approximately
6,700 square  feet  of  selling  space.  Net  sales  for  fiscal  1995  averaged
approximately  $3.0 million per store for Michaels stores open the entire fiscal
year and $188 per square foot of selling space, and averaged approximately  $0.9
million per store for Aaron Brothers stores open the entire fiscal year and $137
per  square foot of selling  space. Store sites are  selected based upon meeting
certain economic, demographic and traffic  criteria or for clustering stores  in
markets  where certain operating efficiencies can  be achieved. The Michaels and
Aaron Brothers  stores currently  in operation  are located  primarily in  strip
shopping centers in areas with easy access and ample parking.
    
 
    Typically,  a Michaels store is managed by  a store manager and one to three
assistant store managers, depending on the sales volume of the store.  Michaels'
field  organization is headed by an executive vice president and is divided into
four geographic zones. Each zone has its own vice president, operations manager,
merchandise manager, and eight or nine  district managers. There are a total  of
35  districts. The Company  believes this organizational  structure enhances the
communication among the individual stores
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
and between  the stores  and corporate  headquarters. In  addition, the  Company
believes that the training and experience of its managers and assistant managers
are vital to the success of its stores, and therefore conducts training programs
for such personnel.
 
STORE EXPANSION
 
   
    Having  achieved its objective of becoming  the largest national retailer in
the arts, crafts  and decorative  items industry,  the Company  has shifted  its
focus  towards achieving improved operational  efficiencies, resulting in higher
returns on  its invested  capital.  Accordingly, having  grown sales  and  store
locations  (excluding Aaron Brothers) at compounded annual rates of 32% and 33%,
respectively, over  the  past four  fiscal  years, Michaels  has  moderated  its
internal  store growth  target to  12% to  15% per  annum over  the longer term.
However, in 1996  the Company currently  anticipates opening only  12 to 15  new
Michaels  stores and five to ten new Aaron Brothers stores. The slower growth in
fiscal 1996 will allow the Company to  invest its resources to complete its  POS
system  rollout,  expand its  distribution  capacity and  enhance  its inventory
management systems. The Company  currently anticipates opening approximately  50
to 55 new Michaels stores during fiscal 1997.
    
 
   
    The  Company's expansion  strategy is to  give priority to  adding stores in
existing markets  in  order  to  enhance  economies  of  scale  associated  with
advertising,  distribution,  field  supervision,  and  other  regional expenses.
Management believes that  few of  its existing  markets are  saturated and  that
there  are  attractive new  markets available  to  the Company.  The anticipated
development of Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores in fiscal 1996 and the rate at
which stores are  developed thereafter  will depend  upon a  number of  factors,
including  the  success  of existing  Michaels  and Aaron  Brothers  stores, the
availability and the cost of capital for expansion, the availability of suitable
store sites,  the  availability  of suitable  acquisition  candidates,  and  the
ability to hire and train qualified managers. The Company intends to continue to
review acquisition opportunities in existing and new markets. The Company has no
arrangements or understandings pending with respect to any acquisitions.
    
 
    Michaels  has  developed  a  standardized  procedure  which  allows  for the
efficient opening  of  new  stores  and their  integration  into  the  Company's
information  and  distribution systems.  Michaels  develops the  floor  plan and
inventory layout, and  organizes the  advertising and  promotions in  connection
with  the opening of each new store. In addition, Michaels maintains a qualified
store opening  staff to  provide  new store  personnel with  in-store  training.
Accordingly, Michaels generally opens new stores during the period from February
through  October  because  new  store  personnel  require  significant  in-store
training prior to entering the Christmas selling season. The Company anticipates
developing a similar process for opening new Aaron Brothers stores.
 
    Costs for opening  stores at particular  locations depend upon  the type  of
building  and general cost levels  in the area. In  fiscal 1995, the average net
cost to the Company of opening a new Michaels store was approximately  $530,000,
which  included leasehold  improvements, furniture, fixtures  and equipment, and
pre-opening expenses. The initial inventory investment associated with each  new
Michaels  store in fiscal 1995 was  approximately $450,000 to $650,000 depending
on the store size, operating format and the time of year in which the store  was
opened.  The initial inventory  investment in new Michaels  stores is offset, in
part, by extended vendor terms and allowances.
 
INVESTMENT IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 
   
    Recognizing the increasingly competitive nature of retailing in general  and
the  need for productivity improvements  through technology, the Company decided
to accelerate its POS  system rollout and to  implement item-level scanning  for
the  majority of the Company's product. The  Company believes that the extent of
its investment in POS technology is unique in the arts and crafts industry,  and
that this initiative is likely to provide it with a competitive advantage in the
future. The Company expects the POS system, which is presently installed in more
than  280 stores, to be in substantially all  Michaels stores by the end of July
1996. The Company  believes the  information obtained  from item-level  scanning
through the new POS system will enable it to identify important trends to assist
it  in managing its inventory by facilitating the elimination of less profitable
SKUs, increasing  the in-stock  level of  more popular  SKUs, assisting  in  the
analysis  of product margins,  and generating data  for advertising cost/benefit
evaluations. The Company believes that the POS
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
system will also allow Michaels to provide better customer service by increasing
the speed and accuracy of register check out, enabling the more rapid restocking
of items, and enabling  the seamless repricing of  sale items. The Company  will
finance  this new POS system through a $25 million capital lease with IBM Credit
Corporation at an interest rate of approximately 8%.
 
COMPETITION
 
   
    Michaels is the largest nationwide  retailer dedicated to serving the  arts,
crafts  and  decorative  items  marketplace.  The  specialty  arts,  crafts  and
decorative items  retail  business  is  highly  competitive.  Michaels  competes
primarily  with  regional  and  local  merchants  that  tend  to  specialize  in
particular aspects of  arts and  crafts, and mass  merchandisers that  typically
dedicate  a  portion of  their selling  space  to a  limited selection  of arts,
crafts, picture framing  and seasonal  products. The Company  believes that  its
Michaels  stores compete based on quality and variety of merchandise assortment,
customer service, such as instructional demonstrations, and competitive  pricing
where  appropriate. The Company believes the  combination of its broad selection
of products, emphasis on customer service, loyal customer base, and capacity  to
advertise  frequently  in  all  of  its  markets  provides  the  Company  with a
competitive advantage.
    
 
   
    The U.S.  arts, crafts  and decorative  items retailing  industry, which  is
estimated  by  trade publications  to have  exceeded $10.8  billion in  sales in
fiscal 1995, has  increased in  size each year  since 1990  when industry  sales
totaled $6.0 billion. The industry is highly fragmented and Michaels is the only
nationwide  independent arts and crafts retailer. Management believes that there
are only a few independent retailers with arts and crafts sales that exceed $200
million annually, and  that the Company's  arts and crafts  sales are more  than
three  times as  large as  those of its  largest direct  competitor. The Company
believes that its significant size relative to its competitors provides it  with
several  advantages including (i) superior  purchasing power, (ii) critical mass
to support  a cost  efficient  nationwide distribution  network, and  (iii)  the
financial  resources to support an annual advertising budget of approximately 5%
of sales ($63 million in fiscal 1995) and significant ongoing capital investment
in information technology.
    
 
   
    Michaels' primary competitors include Hobby Lobby, a chain based in Oklahoma
City which  operates  approximately 105  stores  primarily in  the  southwestern
United  States; MJDesigns,  a chain  which operates  approximately 60  stores in
Dallas/Fort Worth,  Baltimore/Washington, D.C.  and  selected other  east  coast
markets;  and A.C. Moore, a chain which  operates approximately 20 stores in the
Philadelphia and  New York  markets.  The Company  also  competes, to  a  lesser
degree,  with Frank's  Nursery (owned by  General Host), Old  America Stores and
Garden Ridge Pottery.
    
 
    Aaron Brothers'  competition  is  composed primarily  of  local  independent
custom  frame shops and  mass merchandisers. Aaron  Brothers believes it remains
competitive due to its  five day guarantee on  custom frame orders, its  pricing
structure,  its  fashion  forward merchandising  assortments,  and  its customer
service.
 
SERVICE AND TRADE MARKS
 
    The name  "Michaels" and  the Michaels  logo are  both federally  registered
service marks held by an affiliate of the Company. The name "Aaron Brothers" and
the Aaron Brothers logo are federally registered trademarks.
 
FRANCHISES
 
    The  Company had previously granted  to Dupey Management Corporation ("DMC")
the right to open royalty-free, licensed Michaels stores in an eight-county area
in north Texas  which includes  the Dallas-Fort  Worth area.  As a  result of  a
recent  agreement between the Company and DMC,  DMC will relinquish its right to
use the Michaels name after March 31, 1997.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of April  15, 1996,  approximately 19,330  persons were  employed by  the
Company,  approximately 10,330 of  whom were employed on  a part-time basis. The
number of part-time  employees is substantially  increased during the  Christmas
selling  season. Of the  Company's full-time employees,  approximately 1,310 are
engaged in various executive,  operating, training and administrative  functions
in the Company's offices and distribution centers, and the remainder are engaged
in store operations.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
 
    The  Company's  Michaels stores  generally  are situated  in  strip shopping
centers located near malls and on well-traveled roads. Almost all stores are  in
leased  premises with lease terms generally ranging  from five to ten years. The
base rental rates  generally range  from $85,000  to $235,000  per year.  Rental
expense  for stores open during the full 12-month period of fiscal 1995 averaged
$156,000. The leases  are generally  renewable, with increases  in lease  rental
rates.  A majority of  the existing leases contain  provisions pursuant to which
the lessor has provided leasehold improvements to prepare for opening.  However,
the  Company has  been paying  and anticipates  continuing to  pay for  a larger
portion of future improvements directly as opposed to financing them through the
lessor.
 
    The Company's Aaron Brothers stores are generally located in high visibility
strip shopping centers in  trade areas having a  high density of population  and
above average discretionary income. The locations typically contain high profile
and/or  complementary anchor  stores. As  of this  date, all  current stores are
located in leased properties with lease terms generally ranging from five to ten
years with options to renew. Rental expense for stores opened the full  12-month
period of fiscal 1995 averaged approximately $105,000.
 
    The  following table indicates the number of the Company's stores located in
each state or province as of April 25, 1996:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATE                                  NUMBER OF STORES
- ------------------------------------  -------------------
<S>                                   <C>
Alabama.............................               5
Alaska..............................               1
Arizona.............................              17*
Arkansas............................               3
British Columbia....................               1
California..........................             144*
Colorado............................               9
Connecticut.........................               1
Florida.............................              22
Georgia.............................              19
Idaho...............................               2
Illinois............................              22
Indiana.............................               9
Iowa................................               6
Kansas..............................               4
Kentucky............................               3
Louisiana...........................               4
Maine...............................               2
Maryland............................               1
Massachusetts.......................              10
Michigan............................              16
Minnesota...........................               9
Mississippi.........................               1
Missouri............................              11
 
<CAPTION>
STATE                                  NUMBER OF STORES
- ------------------------------------  -------------------
<S>                                   <C>
Nebraska............................               1
Nevada..............................               6*
New Hampshire.......................               2
New Jersey..........................               7
New Mexico..........................               3
New York............................              11
North Dakota........................               1
North Carolina......................              14
Ohio................................              21
Oklahoma............................               7
Ontario.............................              15
Oregon..............................              10
Pennsylvania........................               9
Puerto Rico.........................               3
Rhode Island........................               1
South Carolina......................               4
Tennessee...........................               9
Texas...............................              35
Utah................................               4
Virginia............................               8
Washington..........................              13
West Virginia.......................               1
Wisconsin...........................               7
                                                 ---
  Total.............................             514
                                                 ---
                                                 ---
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
* Of the  store  counts  indicated  in Arizona,  California  and  Nevada,  Aaron
  Brothers accounts for 3, 63 and 2 stores, respectively.
 
    The  Company leases a 210,000 square foot  building in Irving, Texas for use
as a  distribution  center  and  as the  Company's  corporate  headquarters.  In
addition  it leases four nearby facilities for supplemental warehouse and office
space. During 1995  the Company entered  into lease agreements  to relocate  its
Irving  distribution  center and  office  space. A  lease  was entered  into and
construction was started on a 426,000  square foot distribution facility at  the
Alliance   Airport  in  Tarrant   County,  Texas.  In   addition,  a  lease  was
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
entered into for a 136,000 square foot  building in Irving, Texas, to which  the
Company  will relocate its corporate offices. The relocation of the distribution
center and corporate offices is scheduled  for mid 1996. Michaels also leases  a
400,000  square foot building  in Buena Park, California,  a 350,000 square foot
building  in  Lexington,  Kentucky,  and  a  500,000  square  foot  facility  in
Jacksonville,  Florida. Aaron Brothers leases a  126,000 square foot building in
City of  Commerce, California,  for  use as  a  distribution center  and  office
facility.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    In  August 1995, two lawsuits were filed by certain security holders against
the Company and certain present and former officers and directors seeking  class
action  status on  behalf of  purchasers of  the Company's  Common Stock between
February 1, 1995 and August 23, 1995. Among other things, the plaintiffs  allege
that  misstatements  and  omissions  by  defendants  relating  to  projected and
historical operating results, inventory and other matters involving future plans
resulted in  an inflation  of the  prices  of the  Company's Common  Stock.  The
plaintiffs  seek  on behalf  of  the purported  class  an unspecified  amount of
compensatory damages and  reimbursement for the  plaintiffs' fees and  expenses.
The United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas consolidated
the two lawsuits on November 16, 1995. The Company and the individual defendants
have  filed a motion  to dismiss the  consolidated, amended complaint. Discovery
related to both class certification issues and the merits of plaintiffs'  claims
has been stayed pending resolution of defendants' motion to dismiss. The Company
believes  the claims  are without  merit and  intends to  vigorously defend this
action.
 
    The Company is a defendant from time  to time in lawsuits incidental to  its
business.  Based on currently  available information, the  Company believes that
resolution of all known contingencies, including the security holder  litigation
described  above,  would not  have a  material adverse  impact on  the Company's
financial position. However, there can be no assurances that future costs  would
not  be material to results of operations of the Company for a particular future
period. In addition,  the Company's  estimates of  future costs  are subject  to
change  as events evolve and additional information becomes available during the
course of litigation.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP
 
    The  following table sets forth information  as of April 28, 1996, regarding
the beneficial ownership of Common Stock by each person known by the Company  to
own  5% or more of the outstanding shares  of Common Stock, each director of the
Company, certain  named  executive officers,  and  the directors  and  executive
officers  of the Company  as a group. The  persons named in  the table have sole
voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock owned  by
them, unless otherwise noted.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AMOUNT AND NATURE
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER OR                                                            OF BENEFICIAL     PERCENT OF
NUMBER OF PERSONS IN GROUP                                                               OWNERSHIP          CLASS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>                 <C>
Sam Wyly...........................................................................      1,934,905(a)         8.23%
Charles J. Wyly, Jr. ..............................................................      1,897,607(b)         8.07
R. Michael Rouleau.................................................................        200,000(c)         *
Evan A. Wyly.......................................................................         55,875(d)         *
Michael C. French..................................................................           1,200    (e)     *
Richard E. Hanlon..................................................................          12,600    (f)     *
Donald R. Miller, Jr. .............................................................          13,437    (g)     *
Dr. F. Jay Taylor..................................................................          21,440          *
R. Don Morris......................................................................          39,287    (h)     *
Douglas B. Sullivan................................................................          35,000    (i)     *
David E. Bolen.....................................................................          26,713          *
The Wyly Group.....................................................................       3,532,512    (j)      15.03
  8080 N. Central Expressway, Suite 1300 Dallas, Texas 75206
ICM Asset Management, Inc..........................................................       1,471,430    (k)       6.26
  601 W. Main Avenue, Suite 917
  Spokane, Washington 99201
The Capital Group Companies, Inc. .................................................       1,705,000    (l)       7.25
  333 South Hope Street
  Los Angeles, California 90071
LGT Asset Management, Inc..........................................................       2,092,000    (m)       8.90
  50 California, 27th Floor
  San Francisco, California 94111
All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons).......................       3,985,624    (n)      16.96
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
*   Less than 1%
 
   
(a) Includes  1,074,536  shares  held of  record  by Tallulah,  Ltd.  (a limited
    partnership of which Mr.  Wyly is general partner);  536,615 shares held  of
    record by family trusts of which Mr. Wyly is trustee; 300,000 shares held of
    record   by  Maverick  Entrepreneurs  Fund,  Ltd.  ("Maverick"),  a  limited
    partnership of which Mr. Wyly is a general partner; 7,918 shares held by his
    daughter and for which he has power  of attorney; and 15,836 shares held  of
    record by certain of Mr. Wyly's adult children, who have given him the power
    to  vote  such shares.  Does not  include 1,333,333  shares of  Common Stock
    acquired as part of the Private Placement by two separate entities owned  by
    two  separate independent  irrevocable trusts  established by  Mr. Wyly. Mr.
    Wyly disclaims beneficial ownership of those shares.
    
 
   
(b) Includes  755,000 shares  held of  record by  Brush Creek,  Ltd., a  limited
    partnership  of which  Mr. Wyly is  general partner; 842,233  shares held of
    record by family trusts of which Mr. Wyly is trustee; 300,000 shares held of
    record by Maverick, of which Mr. Wyly  is a general partner; and 374  shares
    held of record by Mr. Wyly's adult children, who have given him the power to
    vote  such shares. Does not include  666,667 shares of Common Stock acquired
    as part  of the  Private Placement  by  an entity  owned by  an  independent
    irrevocable  trust established  by Mr.  Wyly. Mr.  Wyly disclaims beneficial
    ownership of those shares.
    
 
(c) Shares subject to  presently exercisable options. Mr.  Rouleau is the  Chief
    Executive Officer of the Company.
 
(d) Includes 30,000 shares subject to presently exercisable options.
 
(e) Shares held by a retirement account directed by Mr. French.
 
(f) Includes 10,000 shares subject to presently exercisable options.
 
(g)  Includes 9,250  shares subject  to presently  exercisable options,  and 187
    shares held by Mr. Miller's spouse.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
(h) Includes 24,250  shares subject to  presently exercisable options.  Excludes
    348,039  shares held by the Michaels  Stores, Inc. Employees 401(k) Plan and
    Trust, for which  Mr. Morris is  a trustee  and a member  of the  Investment
    Committee.  Mr.  Morris  disclaims beneficial  ownership  of  those excluded
    shares.
 
(i) Includes 8,250 shares subject to presently exercisable options.
 
(j) The Wyly Group consists of Sam Wyly, Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Maverick.
 
(k) Based on a  Schedule 13G filed with  the Securities and Exchange  Commission
    dated February 10, 1996, ICM Asset management, Inc., a registered investment
    adviser,  has the shared power to vote  or direct the vote of 805,500 shares
    of Common  Stock  and  has the  sole  power  to dispose  of  or  direct  the
    disposition of 1,471,430 shares of Common Stock.
 
(l)  Based on a Schedule  13G filed with the  Securities and Exchange Commission
    dated February 9, 1996, The Capital Group Companies, Inc. and its  operating
    subsidiary,  Capital Research & Management  Company, a registered investment
    adviser, have the  sole power  to dispose or  to direct  the disposition  of
    1,705,000  shares of Common  Stock and have  no right to  vote or direct the
    vote of those shares.
 
(m) Based on a  Schedule 13G filed with  the Securities and Exchange  Commission
    dated February 13, 1996, LGT Asset Management, Inc., a registered investment
    adviser,  has the  sole power  to vote  or to  direct the  vote of 2,092,000
    shares of Common Stock and  has the sole power to  dispose or to direct  the
    disposition of 2,092,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
(n) Includes 69,000 shares subject to presently exercisable options held, in the
    aggregate, by four executive officers not named in the table.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
    Michaels  has assembled a  management team of  substantial experience in the
specialty retailing  industry.  Key  executives and  their  backgrounds  are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                   AGE      POSITION
- ---------------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>
Sam Wyly                                   61   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Charles J. Wyly, Jr.                       62   Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
R. Michael Rouleau                         57   Chief Executive Officer
Douglas B. Sullivan                        45   President and Chief Operating Officer
R. Don Morris                              56   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
David E. Bolen                             44   Executive Vice President
Rex A. Rambo                               54   Executive Vice President-Merchandising/Marketing
Evan A. Wyly                               34   Vice President and Director
Kristen L. Magnuson                        40   Vice President-Finance and Business Planning
Donald R. Miller, Jr.                      41   Vice President-Market Development and Director
John H. Rittenhouse                        39   Vice President-Distribution
Colby H. Springer                          48   Vice President-Information Services
Michael C. French                          53   Director
Richard E. Hanlon                          48   Director
Dr. F. Jay Taylor                          72   Director
</TABLE>
 
    Mr.  Sam Wyly has served  as Chairman of the Board  since 1984. In 1963, Mr.
Wyly founded  University Computing  Company, a  computer software  and  services
company,  and served as President or Chairman from 1963 until February 1979. Mr.
Wyly co-founded Earth  Resources Company, an  oil refining and  silver and  gold
mining  company, and  served as  its Executive  Committee Chairman  from 1968 to
1980. Mr. Wyly and his brother, Charles  J. Wyly, Jr., bought the 20  restaurant
Bonanza  Steakhouse chain in  1967. While he served  as Chairman, the restaurant
chain grew  to  approximately  600  restaurants by  1989.  Mr.  Wyly  co-founded
Sterling  Software, Inc. in 1981  and since that time  has served as Chairman of
the Board and  a director.  Mr. Wyly serves  as President  of Maverick  Capital,
Ltd.,  an investment fund  management company, and  has served as  a director of
Sterling Commerce, Inc. since December 1995. Sam  Wyly is the father of Evan  A.
Wyly, a director of the Company.
 
   
    Mr.  Charles J. Wyly, Jr.  became a director of  the Company in October 1984
and Vice Chairman  in February 1985.  He co-founded Sterling  Software, Inc.  in
1981  and since such time has served as  a director and (since November 1984) as
Vice Chairman  of Sterling  Software, Inc.  Mr. Wyly  served as  an officer  and
director  of University Computing Company from 1964 to 1975, including President
from 1969 to 1973. From 1968 to 1980,  Mr. Wyly served as Chairman of the  Board
of  Earth Resources Company, an oil refining  and silver and gold mining company
which he co-founded with his brother, Sam Wyly. Mr. Wyly served as Vice Chairman
of the Bonanza Steakhouse chain from 1967  to 1989. Mr. Wyly serves as  Chairman
of  Maverick Capital Ltd., an investment fund management company, and has served
as a director of Sterling Commerce,  Inc. since December 1995. Charles J.  Wyly,
Jr.  is  the  father-in-law  of  Donald R.  Miller,  Jr.,  a  director  and Vice
President-Market Development of the Company.
    
 
   
    Mr. Rouleau became  Chief Executive Officer  of the Company  in April  1996.
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Rouleau had served as Executive Vice President
of  Store Operations for Lowe's Companies, Inc.  since May 1992 and as President
of Lowe's Contractor Yard Division since February 1995. Prior to joining Lowe's,
Mr.  Rouleau  was  a  co-founder   and  President  of  Office  Warehouse   which
subsequently was sold and merged into OfficeMax.
    
 
    Mr.  Sullivan became President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company in
August 1995.  He joined  the Company  in 1988  and has  served in  a variety  of
capacities,  including overseeing the  Company's store operations, distribution,
store opening, real estate, legal and personnel functions. Prior to his  joining
the  Company, Mr.  Sullivan had  served with Family  Dollar Stores,  Inc. for 11
years, most recently as Vice President-Real Estate.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    Mr. Morris became Executive  Vice President and  Chief Financial Officer  of
the  Company in August 1990.  From January 1990 until  August 1990 he was Senior
Vice President-Finance  and  Chief  Financial Officer.  From  April  1988  until
January  1990, Mr. Morris was a  director, President and Chief Executive Officer
of Frostcollection, Inc. Prior to  April 1988, Mr. Morris was  Partner-In-Charge
of  the Accounting and Audit  and the Merger and  Acquisition Departments of the
Dallas, Texas office of Arthur Young & Company.
 
    Mr. Bolen joined the Company as Executive Vice President in July 1994.  From
January  1987 until July 1994, he held the positions of Vice President of Stores
and more  recently Executive  Vice President  and Chief  Operating Officer  with
Leewards Creative Crafts, Inc. Prior to joining Leewards, Mr. Bolen held various
positions with Gemco and Zayre Corporation, principally in store operations.
 
   
    Mr.  Rambo has  been Executive Vice  President Merchandising/Marketing, with
responsibility for  all merchandising  and marketing  functions, since  November
1995.  Mr. Rambo joined the Company most  recently from Lechmere, Inc., a retail
chain, where he served  as President. Prior to  joining Lechmere, Mr. Rambo  ran
the  Electric Avenue division for Montgomery  Ward. He also worked approximately
25 years with Sears, Roebuck and Company.
    
 
    Mr. Evan A. Wyly became a director of the Company in September 1992 and  has
served  as Vice President of the Company  from December 1991 to October 1993 and
from May  1994  to the  present.  In 1988,  Mr.  Wyly founded  Premier  Partners
Incorporated,  a private investment firm, and served as President until 1992. He
has served as a  director of Sterling  Software, Inc. since July  1992 and as  a
Vice  President of Sterling Software, Inc.  since December 1994. Mr. Wyly serves
as a director of Xscribe Corp., a high-technology information management company
and has served as  a Managing Director of  Maverick Capital, an investment  fund
management  company, since  July 1992, and  as a director  of Sterling Commerce,
Inc., since December 1995. Evan A. Wyly is the son of Sam Wyly.
 
    Ms. Magnuson became  Vice President-Finance  and Business  Planning for  the
Company  in August 1990. She was Senior Vice President-Controller, Financial and
Strategic Planning,  Mergers  and  Acquisitions, Treasury  and  Investments  for
MeraBank from March 1987 to August 1990. Prior to March 1987, Ms. Magnuson was a
Senior Manager/Principal at Arthur Young & Company.
 
    Mr.  Miller has served  as Vice President-Market  Development of the Company
since November 1990 and as a director of the Company since September 1992.  From
September  1984  to November  1990, he  was  Director of  Real Estate.  Prior to
joining the Company,  Mr. Miller served  in various real  estate positions  with
Bonanza and Peoples Restaurants. Mr. Miller has served as a director of Sterling
Software, Inc. since September 1993. He also serves on the Board of Directors of
Xscribe  Corp.  Mr. Miller  is  the son-in-law  of  Charles J.  Wyly,  Jr., Vice
Chairman of the Company.
 
    Mr. Rittenhouse joined the Company as Vice President-Distribution in January
1995. For the previous eight years he had served with Target Stores, a  division
of  Dayton Hudson  Corporation, as  Director of  Distribution. Prior  to joining
Dayton Hudson Corporation, he held various positions with Southland Corporation.
 
   
    Mr. Springer  has been  Vice President-Information  Services since  November
1995. From 1993 to November 1995 he was Vice President-Information Services with
Blockbuster    Entertainment   Corporation.   Prior   to   joining   Blockbuster
Entertainment  Corporation,  Mr.  Springer  was  Vice  President  of  Management
Information Systems with Pearle Vision, Incorporated.
    
 
    Mr.  French has served as a director of the Company since September 1992. He
has been  a Managing  Director  of Maverick  Capital  Ltd., an  investment  fund
management  company, since 1992 and a  director of Sterling Software, Inc. since
July 1992. Mr. French is currently a consultant to the international law firm of
Jones, Day,  Reavis &  Pogue. Mr.  French was  a partner  with the  law firm  of
Jackson & Walker, L.L.P. from 1976 through 1995.
 
    Mr.  Hanlon became a director  of the Company in  April 1990. Since February
1995, Mr. Hanlon has been  Vice President-Investor Relations of America  Online,
Inc.,  a provider  of online computer  services. From March  1993 until February
1995, Mr.  Hanlon  was  President  of  Hanlon  &  Co.  He  was  Vice  President-
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
Corporate  Communications and Secretary from 1988 to 1993 for LEGENT Corporation
and its predecessor. From 1987 to 1988, Mr. Hanlon served as a consultant to Sam
Wyly, Chairman. From 1983  through 1987, Mr. Hanlon  was Director of Investor  &
Corporate Communications, UCCEL Corporation.
 
    Dr.  Taylor became a  director of the  Company in June  1989. Dr. Taylor was
President of Louisiana Tech University from  1962 until 1987, and has served  as
President-Emeritus  of  Louisiana Tech  since  1987. Dr.  Taylor  also currently
serves as a  director of Illinois  Central Railroad Corporation  and Pizza  Inn,
Inc. and performs mediation and arbitration services as a member of The American
Arbitration Association and The Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service.
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
   
    The  following are  summaries of  the material  terms and  conditions of the
current Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement as it is proposed to be modified,
and certain other indebtedness. The summary  of the Credit Agreement is  subject
to  its detailed provisions and the  provisions of the various related documents
entered into in connection therewith.
    
 
THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
   
    The Credit Agreement provides for revolving loans and letters of credit in a
principal amount not  to exceed  the lesser  of $200  million or  50 percent  of
eligible inventories. The Credit Agreement provides that letters of credit to be
issued  under  the  Credit  Agreement  shall  not  exceed  $25  million. Amounts
outstanding under the Credit Agreement on loans to the Company bear interest  at
a  rate per annum equal  to one of the following  rates at the Company's option:
(i) a base rate equal to the higher of (A) the daily federal funds rate  average
determined by the administrative lender under the Credit Agreement plus 50 basis
points  or  (B)  the  NationsBank  prime  commercial  lending  rate;  or  (ii) a
Eurodollar rate  determined in  accordance with  the Credit  Agreement plus  one
percent,  such  Eurodollar  rate  margin being  subject  to  upward  or downward
adjustment based on the fixed charge coverage ratio of the Company in effect  at
each  June 1 and December 1. Letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement
require, in  addition to  the payment  of issuance  fees to  the  administrative
lender,  the payment of an interest factor of  one percent of the face amount of
any stand-by letters of credit and one-quarter  of one percent per annum of  any
commercial  letters of credit, subject to upward or downward adjustment based on
reported fixed  charge coverage  ratio in  effect each  June 1  and December  1.
Amounts  advanced  under the  Credit Agreement  presently  bear interest  at the
Eurodollar rate plus 150 basis points.
    
 
    The Company may prepay loans outstanding  under the Credit Agreement at  any
time in increments of $100,000, in whole or in part, without penalty (subject to
a restriction on the prepayment of Eurodollar borrowings on any day which is not
the  last  day  of an  applicable  interest  rate period  with  respect  to such
Eurodollar borrowing). The  Credit Agreement requires  mandatory prepayments  to
the  extent that the amount outstanding  exceeds the borrowing base and requires
that the amount outstanding shall, for one consecutive thirty-day period  during
the  period commencing December 1  and ending the following  February 28 of each
such twelve-month  period,  reduce  the amounts  outstanding  under  the  Credit
Agreement  to an amount equal to or less  than the product of $200,000 times the
number of stores in business as of December 1 of such twelve-month period.
 
    The Credit Agreement contains a number of significant covenants that,  among
other   things,  restrict  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  incur  additional
indebtedness, create liens on assets, pay dividends, enter into certain mergers,
acquisitions, or consolidations,  engage in  certain investments,  or engage  in
certain  transactions with  subsidiaries and  affiliates and  otherwise restrict
certain corporate  activities.  In addition,  under  the Credit  Agreement,  the
Company  is required to  comply with certain financial  ratios including a fixed
charge coverage ratio,  current ratio,  and ratio  of total  liabilities to  net
worth.
 
   
    The Credit Agreement includes various events of default customary for senior
credit  facilities of similar size and nature. In addition, the Credit Agreement
provides that an event of  default shall occur upon a  change in control of  the
Company.
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
    
 
   
    The  Company  has  had negotiations  with  NationsBank of  Texas,  N.A., the
administrative lender for  the syndicate  of banks under  the Credit  Agreement,
concerning  the material  terms of a  modification to the  Credit Agreement. The
following is  a summary  of such  material terms  and conditions  of the  Credit
Agreement  as the Company has proposed the  Credit Agreement to be modified (the
"Modified  Credit  Agreement").  As  such   terms  remain  subject  to   further
negotiation  and documentation,  the final  terms may  differ substantially from
those described  below. Although  it is  a condition  to the  Offering that  the
Company  modify the Credit Agreement to  reduce the availability thereunder to a
maximum of $100 million, there can be no assurance that acceptable  modification
to the other terms described below can be reached with the existing banks.
    
 
   
    The  proposed  Modified  Credit  Agreement would  provide  that  the  sum of
outstanding loans and letters of credit thereunder plus the amount of the  Notes
outstanding  will  not  exceed 55%  of  eligible  inventories, up  to  a maximum
availability of $100 million, subject to reduction at the option of the  Company
(the  "Commitment"). Letters of credit to  be issued under the proposed Modified
Credit Agreement  would  not exceed  the  lesser of  (a)  $25 million,  (b)  the
difference   between  $100  million  minus  the  aggregate  amount  of  advances
outstanding under the proposed Modified Credit Agreement, and (c) the difference
between the Commitment minus the aggregate amount of advances outstanding  under
the  proposed Modified Credit Agreement.  Amounts outstanding under the proposed
Modified Credit Agreement as loans to the Company would bear interest at a  rate
per  annum equal to  one of the following  rates at the  Company's option: (i) a
base rate equal to the higher of (A) the daily federal funds rate average  under
the  proposed  Modified  Credit  Agreement  plus  50  basis  points  or  (B) the
NationsBank prime commercial lending rate; or (ii) a Eurodollar rate  determined
in accordance with the proposed Modified Credit Agreement plus 125 basis points,
such  margin being subject to  upward or downward adjustment  based on the fixed
charge coverage ratio of the Company in effect at the end of each fiscal quarter
after January 31, 1997.
    
 
   
    The proposed  Modified Credit  Agreement  would also  require payment  of  a
commitment  fee  of  30  basis  points of  the  daily  average  unused revolving
Commitment, such commitment fee being  subject to upward or downward  adjustment
based  on the fixed charge coverage ratio of the Company in effect at the end of
each fiscal quarter.
    
 
   
    The proposed Modified Credit  Agreement would require mandatory  prepayments
to  the extent that the amount outstanding thereunder exceeds the borrowing base
and would  require  that,  for  one consecutive  thirty-day  period  during  the
ninety-day  period commencing on December 1 of  each year, the Company repay all
amounts outstanding under the proposed Modified Credit Agreement.
    
 
   
    The proposed Modified Credit Agreement would contain a number of significant
covenants that, among other things, would restrict the ability of the Company to
incur additional indebtedness, create liens on assets, pay dividends, enter into
certain mergers, acquisitions, or  consolidations, make certain investments,  or
engage  in certain transactions  with subsidiaries and  affiliates and otherwise
restrict certain corporate activities. In addition, under the proposed  Modified
Credit Agreement, the Company would be required to comply with certain financial
ratios  including a  fixed charge  coverage ratio,  current ratio,  and ratio of
total liabilities to  total capitalization. Such  modified ratios would  provide
greater  flexibility than the financial ratios to which the Company is currently
subject under the Credit Agreement.
    
 
   
    Because the  Company  presently intends  to  merge most  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries with and into the Company, it has discussed with the administrative
lender  the possibility of eliminating any subsidiary guarantees of Indebtedness
under the proposed Modified Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the  Indenture,
the  Company's Restricted Subsidiaries would be  required to guarantee the Notes
in the event that such Restricted Subsidiaries guarantee Indebtedness under  the
proposed  Modified  Credit  Agreement  or  Indebtedness  of  other  Persons. See
"Description of the Notes -- Limitation on Indebtedness".
    
 
SUBORDINATED NOTES
 
   
    On January 22, 1993, the Company issued $97.8 million of Subordinated  Notes
due  January 15, 2003. Interest,  which is payable on January  15 and July 15 of
each   year,   was    computed   at   the    rate   of   4    3/4%   from    the
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
date  of issuance to  January 15, 1996,  and is computed  at the rate  of 6 3/4%
thereafter. Interest expense  is accrued by  the Company based  on an  effective
interest  rate of 6.38% (including amortization  of deferred issuance cost) over
the full term of the Subordinated  Notes. The Subordinated Notes are  redeemable
at the option of the Company at redemption price ranges beginning at 104.14% and
declining  to 100.00%.  The Subordinated Notes  are not entitled  to any sinking
fund payments. The Subordinated Notes are convertible into the Company's  Common
Stock  at any time, at a conversion price of $38 per share. A total of 2,551,053
shares of  Common Stock  are reserved  for conversion.  During fiscal  1994  and
fiscal 1995, a total of $800,000 and $10,000 respectively, of Subordinated Notes
were converted to 21,315 shares of the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
    The Subordinated Notes contain covenants requiring the Company to repurchase
the  Subordinated Notes at  the option of  the holders thereof  upon a change of
control of the Company.  The Subordinated Notes also  contain various events  of
default  customary  for publicly  issued convertible  subordinated notes  for an
offering of a similar size  and nature. The Notes will  rank senior in right  of
payment to the Subordinated Notes.
 
CAPITALIZED LEASE -- POS SYSTEM
 
   
    The  Company has entered into a lease with IBM Credit Corporation to finance
POS equipment. The implicit  interest rate under the  lease is approximately  8%
and  the lease expires  in August 2001. As  the POS equipment  is installed in a
store, the Company enters into a lease supplement that covers that equipment. As
of April 28, 1996,  the capitalized obligation outstanding  under the lease  was
$9.1 million.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The  Notes are to be issued under an Indenture, to be dated  as of         ,
1996 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee
(the "Trustee"),  a  copy  of  which  has  been  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
    The  following summary of certain provisions  of the Indenture and the Notes
does not purport  to be  complete and  is subject to,  and is  qualified in  its
entirety  by reference  to, all the  provisions of the  Indenture, including the
definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part thereof by  the
TIA.  The summary provides an accurate description  of all material terms of the
Notes. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings
set forth under "-- Certain Definitions."
 
   
    Principal of, premium, if  any, and interest on  the Notes will be  payable,
and  the Notes may be  exchanged or transferred, at the  office or agency of the
Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially shall
be the corporate trust office of the  Trustee, at 101 Barclay Street, New  York,
New  York 10286), except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest
may be made  by check mailed  to the registered  holders of the  Notes at  their
registered addresses.
    
 
    The  Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral  multiple of $1,000. No service  charge
will  be made  for any registration  of transfer  or exchange of  Notes, but the
Company may require payment  of a sum  sufficient to cover  any transfer tax  or
other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
 
    The  definition of "Restricted Subsidiary" in the Indenture will exclude any
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" and, as a result, Unrestricted Subsidiaries  generally
will  not be bound by  the restrictive provisions of  the Indenture. Each of the
Company's Aaron Brothers Holdings, Inc. Subsidiary and the Company's Michaels of
Canada, Inc. Subsidiary will be an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date. In
addition, the  Board  of  Directors  will  have  the  ability,  subject  to  the
provisions  of the Indenture, to designate certain other Restricted Subsidiaries
as Unrestricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date. Subject to the provisions  of
the   Indenture,  the  Board  of   Directors  may  also  designate  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries to be Restricted Subsidiaries.  See the definitions of  "Restricted
Subsidiary"  and "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and  "Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Restricted Payments" herein.
 
TERMS OF THE NOTES
 
    The Notes will be unsecured, senior  obligations of the Company, limited  to
$125 million aggregate principal amount, and will mature on         , 2006.
 
    Each Note will bear interest at a rate per annum shown on the front cover of
this  Prospectus from            , 1996, or  from the most  recent date to which
interest has  been paid  or provided  for, payable  semiannually to  Holders  of
record  at the close of business on the         or         immediately preceding
the interest payment  date on and  of each year,  commencing            ,  1996.
Interest  on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
    The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in  part,
at  any time on or after           , 2001, and  prior to maturity, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days'  prior notice mailed by first-class mail to  each
Holder's  registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
percentage  of  principal  amount),  plus  accrued  interest,  if  any,  to  the
redemption  date (subject  to the  right of  Holders of  record on  the relevant
record date to receive interest due  on the relevant interest payment date),  if
redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on         of the years set forth
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               REDEMPTION
PERIOD                                                            PRICE
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                            <C>
2001.........................................................           %
2002.........................................................           %
2003.........................................................           %
2004 and thereafter..........................................    100.000%
</TABLE>
 
    In  addition, at any time and from time to time prior to             , 1999,
the Company may redeem in  the aggregate up to  $25 million principal amount  of
the  Notes with the proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings so long as there is
a Public Market at the time of such redemption at a redemption price  (expressed
as  a percentage of principal  amount thereof) of    % plus accrued interest, if
any, to the redemption date  (subject to the right of  Holders of record on  the
relevant  record date to  receive interest due on  the relevant interest payment
date); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that at least  $100 million principal  amount of  the
Notes must remain outstanding after each such redemption.
 
    In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption
will  be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method
as the Trustee in  its sole discretion  shall deem to  be fair and  appropriate,
although no Note of $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed
in  part. If any Note is  to be redeemed in part  only, the notice of redemption
relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to
be redeemed. A  new Note  in principal amount  equal to  the unredeemed  portion
thereof  will be issued in  the name of the  Holder thereof upon cancellation of
the original Note.
 
RANKING
 
   
    The  indebtedness  evidenced   by  the  Notes   will  be  unsecured   Senior
Indebtedness  of the Company, will rank PARI  PASSU in right of payment with all
existing and future  Senior Indebtedness of  the Company and  will be senior  in
right  of payment  to all  existing and  future Subordinated  Obligations of the
Company. The Notes  will also be  effectively subordinated to  all existing  and
future  Secured Indebtedness of  the Company to  the extent of  the value of the
assets securing such Indebtedness and to all existing and future Indebtedness of
any Subsidiary of the Company.
    
 
   
    At April 28, 1996, after giving  effect to the Offering and the  application
of  net proceeds thereof, the Company and its subsidiaries would have had $231.0
million  of  indebtedness  outstanding,  $9.1   million  of  which  would   have
represented  Secured  Indebtedness,  and  $96.9  million  of  which  would  have
represented Subordinated Obligations.  At April  28, 1996,  Subsidiaries of  the
Company  had  no  indebtedness  outstanding.  Although  the  Indenture  contains
limitations on the amount  of additional Indebtedness which  the Company or  any
Restricted  Subsidiary may Incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such
Indebtedness could be  substantial and, in  any case, such  Indebtedness may  be
Senior  Indebtedness, Secured Indebtedness or  Indebtedness of Subsidiaries. See
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness".
    
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    Upon the  occurrence of  any of  the  following events  (each a  "Change  of
Control")  with  respect to  the Company,  each  Holder will  have the  right to
require the Company to repurchase  all or any part of  such Holder's Notes at  a
purchase  price in  cash equal  to 101%  of the  principal amount  thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to  the date of repurchase (subject to  the
right  of Holders of record on the  relevant record date to receive interest due
on the related interest payment date):
 
        (i) (A) any "person" (as such term  is used in Sections 13(d) and  14(d)
    of  the  Exchange Act),  other than  one  or more  Permitted Holders,  is or
    becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under  the
    Exchange  Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting
    power of  the Voting  Stock of  the Company  and (B)  the Permitted  Holders
    "beneficially  own" (as defined in Rules  13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange
    Act),   directly    or   indirectly,    in    the   aggregate    a    lesser
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than
    such  other person  and do not  have the  right or ability  by voting power,
    contract or otherwise to elect or  designate for election a majority of  the
    Board  of Directors of  the Company (for  the purposes of  this clause, such
    other person  shall be  deemed to  beneficially own  any Voting  Stock of  a
    specified  corporation held  by a parent  corporation, if  such other person
    "beneficially owns" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the  Exchange
    Act),  directly or  indirectly, more  than 35%  of the  voting power  of the
    Voting  Stock  of  such  parent   corporation  and  the  Permitted   Holders
    "beneficially  own" (as defined in Rules  13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange
    Act), directly or indirectly,  in the aggregate a  lesser percentage of  the
    voting  power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation and do not have
    the right or  ability by  voting power, contract  or otherwise  to elect  or
    designate  for election a majority of the  board of directors of such parent
    corporation);
 
        (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at  the
    beginning  of such period constituted the  Board of Directors of the Company
    (together with any new directors whose  election by such Board of  Directors
    or  whose nomination  for election  by the  shareholders of  the Company was
    approved by a vote of 66 2/3% of the directors of the Company then still  in
    office  who were either directors  at the beginning of  such period or whose
    election or nomination for  election was previously  so approved) cease  for
    any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
    then in office;
 
       (iii)  any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or
    a series of related transactions) of  all, or substantially all, the  assets
    of  the Company to any Person or group  of Persons (other than to any Wholly
    Owned Subsidiary of the Company); or
 
        (iv) the merger  or consolidation of  the Company with  or into  another
    corporation   with  the  effect  that  either  (A)  immediately  after  such
    transaction any  person (as  defined  in clause  (i)  above) (other  than  a
    Permitted  Holder) shall have  become the "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
    clause (i) above) of securities of the surviving corporation of such  merger
    or  consolidation representing a majority of  the voting power of the Voting
    Stock of the surviving corporation or (B) the securities of the Company that
    are outstanding immediately  prior to such  transaction and which  represent
    100% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company are changed into
    or  exchanged  for cash,  securities or  property,  unless pursuant  to such
    transaction such securities are changed  into or exchanged for, in  addition
    to  any other  consideration, securities  of the  surviving corporation that
    represent immediately after  such transaction,  at least a  majority of  the
    voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving corporation.
 
    Within  30 days following  any Change of  Control, the Company  shall mail a
notice to each Holder with a copy to  the Trustee stating: (1) that a Change  of
Control  has occurred and that such Holder  has the right to require the Company
to purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the  date
of  repurchase (subject to  the right of Holders  of record on  a record date to
receive interest on the relevant  interest payment date); (2) the  circumstances
and  relevant facts and pro forma financial information regarding such Change of
Control; (3) the repurchase  date (which shall  be no earlier  than 30 days  nor
later  than  60  days  from  the  date  such  notice  is  mailed);  and  (4) the
instructions determined by the  Company, consistent with  this covenant, that  a
Holder  must follow  in order to  have its Notes  purchased. Notwithstanding the
occurrence of  a  Change of  Control,  the Company  shall  not be  obligated  to
repurchase  the Notes upon  a Change of  Control if the  Company has irrevocably
elected to redeem  all of  the Notes under  the provisions  described under  "--
Optional  Redemption" above, provided  that the Company does  not default in its
redemption obligations pursuant to such election.
 
   
    Neither the Trustee nor the Board of Directors of the Company may waive  the
covenant  relating to the  Holder's right to  have its Notes  repurchased upon a
Change of Control.
    
 
    The phrase "all or  substantially all," as  used with respect  to a sale  of
assets  in  the  definition in  the  Indenture  of "Change  of  Control," varies
according to the  facts and  circumstances of  the subject  transaction, has  no
clearly established meaning under New York law (the law governing the Indenture)
and is subject to
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
judicial  interpretation. Accordingly, in certain  circumstances, there may be a
degree of uncertainty  in ascertaining  whether a  particular transaction  would
involve  a disposition of "all  or substantially all" of  the assets of a Person
and therefore it may be unclear whether a Change of Control has occurred.
 
    The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements  of
Section  14(e) of the Exchange Act and  any other securities laws or regulations
in connection with  the repurchase of  Notes pursuant to  this covenant. To  the
extent  that the provisions of any  securities laws or regulations conflict with
provisions of  this  covenant,  the  Company will  comply  with  the  applicable
securities  laws and  regulations and  will not be  deemed to  have breached its
obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof.
 
    The Change of Control purchase feature  is a result of negotiations  between
the  Company and the Underwriters. Management has no present intention to engage
in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the
Company would  decide  to  do so  in  the  future. Subject  to  the  limitations
discussed   below,  the  Company  could,  in  the  future,  enter  into  certain
transactions, including acquisitions,  refinancings or other  recapitalizations,
that  would not  constitute a  Change of Control  under the  Indenture, but that
could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or  otherwise
affect the Company's capital structure or credit rating.
 
   
    The  occurrence of certain of  the events that would  constitute a Change of
Control  would  constitute  a  default   under  the  Credit  Agreement.   Future
Indebtedness  of the  Company may contain  prohibitions of  certain events which
would constitute a  Change of Control,  and the Subordinated  Notes require  and
future  Indebtedness  may require  such Indebtedness  to  be repurchased  upon a
Change of  Control. Moreover,  the exercise  by the  Holders of  their right  to
require  the Company to  repurchase the Notes  could cause a  default under such
Indebtedness, even  if  the  Change of  Control  itself  does not,  due  to  the
financial  effect  of such  repurchase on  the  Company. Finally,  the Company's
ability to pay  cash to  the Holders  upon a repurchase  may be  limited by  the
Company's  then existing  financial resources.  There can  be no  assurance that
sufficient  funds  will  be  available  when  necessary  to  make  any  required
repurchases.
    
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
    The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:
 
    LIMITATION  ON INDEBTEDNESS.  (a)  The Company will not  Incur, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to Incur, any Indebtedness; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that  the  Company  (but not  any  Restricted  Subsidiary other  than  a Foreign
Restricted Subsidiary)  may  Incur  Indebtedness  if on  the  date  thereof  the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 2.0 to 1.0 if such
Indebtedness  is  Incurred  prior to  June     ,  1998  or  2.5 to  1.0  if such
Indebtedness is Incurred thereafter.
 
   
    (b) Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  paragraph  (a),  the  Company  and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries may Incur the  following Indebtedness: (i) Indebtedness
and letters of credit (with letters of  credit being deemed to have a  principal
amount  equal  to the  maximum face  amount  thereunder) of  the Company  or any
Restricted  Subsidiary   under  the   Credit  Agreement   and  any   Refinancing
Indebtedness  with respect thereto in  an aggregate principal amount outstanding
at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) an amount equal to 50% of the  book
value  of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of any
date of Incurrence calculated  on a consolidated basis  in accordance with  GAAP
and  (y) $100 million; (ii) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any
Wholly Owned Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to  and
held  by the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any
subsequent issuance or transfer  of any Capital Stock  or any other event  which
results  in  any such  Wholly  Owned Subsidiary  ceasing  to be  a  Wholly Owned
Subsidiary or any subsequent  transfer of any such  Indebtedness (except to  the
Company  or  a  Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary) will  be  deemed,  in  each  case, to
constitute the  Incurrence of  such Indebtedness  by the  issuer thereof;  (iii)
Indebtedness  represented by the Notes and any Guarantees of the Notes by any of
the Company's Subsidiaries, any  Indebtedness of the  Company or any  Restricted
Subsidiary  (other than  the Indebtedness  described in  clauses (i)-(ii) above)
outstanding on  the Issue  Date  and any  Refinancing Indebtedness  Incurred  in
respect  of any  Indebtedness described in  this clause (iii)  or paragraph (a);
(iv) (A) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on or prior to  the
date  on  which such  Restricted Subsidiary  was  acquired by  the Company  or a
Restricted
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
Subsidiary  (other  than  Indebtedness  Incurred  in  connection  with,  or   in
contemplation  of, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to
which such Restricted Subsidiary became  a Subsidiary or was otherwise  acquired
by  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that at the time
such  Restricted  Subsidiary  is  acquired  by  the  Company  or  a   Restricted
Subsidiary,  the  Company would  have  been able  to  Incur $1.00  of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of  this covenant after giving effect  to
the  Incurrence  of such  Indebtedness  pursuant to  this  clause (iv)  and such
transaction or series of related  transactions and (B) Refinancing  Indebtedness
Incurred  by a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness Incurred by such
Restricted Subsidiary  pursuant to  this clause  (iv); (v)  Indebtedness (A)  in
respect of performance bonds, bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and surety
or  appeal bonds  provided by  the Company or  any Restricted  Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of its business and  which do not secure other Indebtedness  and
(B)  under Currency Agreements  and Interest Rate  Agreements Incurred which, at
the time  of  Incurrence, is  in  the  ordinary course  of  business;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that, in the case of Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements,
such Currency  Agreements  and Interest  Rate  Agreements do  not  increase  the
Indebtedness  of the Company outstanding  at any time other  than as a result of
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates  or interest rates or by  reason
of  fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; (vi) Indebtedness (A)
represented by Guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness otherwise permitted  to
be  Incurred pursuant to  this covenant and  (B) represented by  Guarantees by a
Restricted Subsidiary  of  Indebtedness of  the  Company or  another  Restricted
Subsidiary  otherwise  permitted  to  be  Incurred  pursuant  to  this covenant;
PROVIDED that, in the case of clause (B), if a Restricted Subsidiary  Guarantees
any  such Indebtedness, such Restricted Subsidiary  executes and delivers to the
Trustee a supplemental indenture in  form satisfactory to the Trustee  providing
for  the Guarantee  on a senior  basis of  the Notes; (vii)  Indebtedness of the
Company  or  any   Restricted  Subsidiary  represented   by  Capitalized   Lease
Obligations,  mortgage financings  or purchase  money obligations,  in each case
Incurred for the  purpose of financing  or refinancing  all or any  part of  the
purchase  price  or  cost  of  construction,  repairs,  renovation,  remodeling,
expansion or  other  improvement of  property,  plant and  equipment,  including
services  and  equipment supporting  such items,  used in  the Company's  or any
Restricted Subsidiary's business or a Related Business (collectively,  "Purchase
Money  Debt") in an  aggregate principal amount  at any time  outstanding not to
exceed 10% of Total  Assets; (viii) Indebtedness of  the Company represented  by
Capitalized  Lease  Obligations Incurred  from  time to  time  for point-of-sale
equipment and store  systems, including services  and equipment supporting  such
equipment  and systems, in an aggregate  principal amount outstanding at any one
time not to exceed $32  million; and (ix) other  Indebtedness of the Company  or
any  Restricted Subsidiary in  an aggregate principal  amount outstanding at any
time not to exceed $10 million.
    
 
   
    (c)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall  not  Incur   any
Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (b) if the proceeds thereof are
used,  directly or indirectly, to  Refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless
such new Indebtedness shall be  subordinated to the Notes  to at least the  same
extent  as such Subordinated Obligations being Refinanced. The Indenture further
provides that, notwithstanding  any other  provision of this  "-- Limitation  on
Indebtedness" covenant, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary   to,  Incur  any  Guarantee  of  Indebtedness  of  any  Unrestricted
Subsidiary other than Guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness of  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries outstanding or available pursuant to written agreements existing on
the Issue Date.
    
 
    (d)  For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant, (i)
in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the types of Indebtedness described above,  the Company will classify such  item
of  Indebtedness and  only be required  to include  the amount and  type of such
Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and (ii) an item of Indebtedness may be
divided and classified in more than  one of the types of Indebtedness  described
above.
 
    LIMITATION  ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  (a) The  Company will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or  pay
any  dividend or  make any distribution  on or  in respect of  its Capital Stock
(including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation  involving
the  Company),  except  (1) dividends  or  distributions payable  solely  in its
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)  or in options, warrants or  other
rights  to purchase such Capital Stock, (2)  a dividend of shares of the Capital
Stock of Aaron Brothers Holdings,  Inc. or any of  its Subsidiaries at any  time
when it is an
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
Unrestricted  Subsidiary  and  (3)  dividends or  distributions  payable  to the
Company or another  Restricted Subsidiary  (and, if  such Restricted  Subsidiary
making  such  dividend  or  distribution  is  not  wholly  owned,  to  its other
shareholders on a pro  rata basis), (ii) purchase,  redeem, retire or  otherwise
acquire  for value any Capital  Stock of the Company  held by Persons other than
the Company  or  another  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (iii)  purchase,  repurchase,
redeem,  defease or  otherwise acquire or  retire for value,  prior to scheduled
maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment any Subordinated
Obligations (other  than  the  purchase,  repurchase  or  other  acquisition  of
Subordinated   Obligations  in   anticipation  of  satisfying   a  sinking  fund
obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one
year of the date of such purchase,  repurchase or acquisition) or (iv) make  any
Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend,
distribution,  purchase, redemption, repurchase,  defeasance, other acquisition,
retirement, Investment  or payment  being herein  referred to  as a  "Restricted
Payment")  if at the time  the Company or such  Restricted Subsidiary makes such
Restricted Payment: (1) a Default or Event of Default will have occurred and  be
continuing (or would result therefrom); (2) the Company could not Incur at least
$1.00  of additional Indebtedness under paragraph  (a) of the covenant described
under "--  Limitation on  Indebtedness;" or  (3) the  aggregate amount  of  such
Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if
other  than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company, whose determination will be evidenced by a resolution of such Board
of Directors certified in an Officers'  Certificate to the Trustee) declared  or
made subsequent to the Issue Date would exceed the sum of: (A) either (1) 50% of
the Consolidated Net Income if the Notes are rated less than Investment Grade or
(2)  75% of Consolidated Net Income if  the Notes are rated Investment Grade, in
each case with respect to the period (treated as one accounting period) from the
Issue Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending at least 45  days
prior  to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net
Income will be a  deficit, minus 100%  of such deficit);  (B) the aggregate  Net
Cash  Proceeds received by the  Company from the issue  or sale of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified  Stock) subsequent  to the  Issue Date  (other than  an
issuance  or sale to a Subsidiary); (C)  the amount by which Indebtedness of the
Company is  reduced  on the  Company's  balance  sheet upon  the  conversion  or
exchange (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary) subsequent to the Issue Date of
any  Indebtedness of the  Company convertible or  exchangeable for Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company  (less the amount of any cash  or
other property distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); (D)
the   amount  equal  to  the  net   reduction  in  Investments  in  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries resulting  from  (i)  payments  of  dividends,  repayments  of  the
principal  of loans or advances  or other transfers of  assets to the Company or
any  Restricted   Subsidiary  from   Unrestricted  Subsidiaries   or  (ii)   the
redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in
each  case as provided in the definition  of "Investment") not to exceed, in the
case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary,  the amount of Investments previously  made
by  the Company  or any Restricted  Subsidiary in  such Unrestricted Subsidiary,
which amount  was  included in  the  calculation  of the  amount  of  Restricted
Payments; and (E) $5 million.
    
 
    (b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) will not prohibit: (i) any
purchase,  redemption, defeasance or  other acquisition of  Capital Stock of the
Company or Subordinated  Obligations made  by exchange for,  or out  of the  net
proceeds  of the substantially concurrent sale  of, Capital Stock of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to  a
Subsidiary);  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (A)  such purchase, redemption, defeasance
or other  acquisition will  be excluded  in  the calculation  of the  amount  of
Restricted  Payments  and (B)  the  Net Cash  Proceeds  from such  sale  will be
excluded  from  clause  (3)(B)  of  paragraph  (a)  above;  (ii)  any  purchase,
redemption,  defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations made by
exchange for, or out  of the net proceeds  of the substantially concurrent  sale
of,  Subordinated Obligations  of the Company;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that (A) the
principal amount of such new Indebtedness  does not exceed the principal  amount
of  the  Subordinated Obligations  being so  redeemed, repurchased,  acquired or
retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under  the
terms  of  the  instrument  governing  the  Subordinated  Obligations  being  so
redeemed, repurchased,  acquired  or  retired), (B)  such  new  Indebtedness  is
subordinated  to the  Notes at  least to  the same  extent as  such Subordinated
Obligations so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or  retired
for  value, (C) such new Indebtedness has  a final scheduled maturity date later
than  the  final  scheduled  maturity  date  of  the  Notes  and  (D)  such  new
Indebtedness has an Average Life equal to or greater
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
than  the  Average  Life of  the  Notes;  PROVIDED FURTHER,  HOWEVER,  that such
purchase, redemption, defeasance or  other acquisition will  be excluded in  the
calculation   of  the  amount  of   Restricted  Payments;  (iii)  any  purchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations (1) from
Net Available Cash to the extent  permitted by the covenant described under  "--
Limitation  on Sales  of Assets and  Subsidiary Stock";  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
such purchase or redemption will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments  or (2)  pursuant to  an  offer to  purchase which  is  then
required  to be  made upon a  change of control  of the Company  pursuant to the
terms of  the  instrument  governing  such  Subordinated  Obligation;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that such purchase will be included in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted  Payments; or (iv)  dividends paid within  60 days after  the date of
declaration thereof if  at such  date of  declaration such  dividend would  have
complied with this covenant; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount of such dividend
will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.
    
 
    LIMITATION    ON    RESTRICTIONS    ON    DISTRIBUTIONS    FROM   RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES.   The  Company  will  not, and  will  not  permit  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective
any consensual  encumbrance or  restriction  on the  ability of  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  to (i) pay dividends or make  any other distributions on its Capital
Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company, (ii) make
any loans or advances to  the Company or (iii) transfer  any of its property  or
assets  to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except: (1) any encumbrance
or restriction pursuant  to an agreement  in effect  at or entered  into on  the
Issue  Date; (2)  any encumbrance  or restriction  with respect  to a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to  an agreement  relating to any  Indebtedness Incurred  by
such  Restricted Subsidiary  on or  prior to the  date on  which such Restricted
Subsidiary was acquired by  the Company or a  Restricted Subsidiary (other  than
Indebtedness   Incurred  in  connection  with,   or  in  contemplation  of,  the
transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such  Restricted
Subsidiary  became a Subsidiary or  was acquired by the  Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) and outstanding  on such  date; (3) any  encumbrance or  restriction
pursuant  to  an  agreement  effecting a  Refinancing  of  Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to an agreement referred  to in clause (1) or  (2) of this covenant  or
contained  in any amendment to an agreement referred  to in clause (1) or (2) of
this  covenant;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  the  encumbrances  and  restrictions
contained  in any such refinancing agreement  or amendment are no less favorable
to the  Noteholders than  the encumbrances  and restrictions  contained in  such
agreements  as  determined in  good faith  by  the Company  and evidenced  by an
Officers' Certificate;  (4) in  the case  of clause  (iii), any  encumbrance  or
restriction  (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment
or transfer of  any property or  asset that is  subject to a  lease, license  or
similar  contract,  (B) by  virtue of  any transfer  of, agreement  to transfer,
option or right  with respect  to, or  Lien on, any  property or  assets of  the
Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture,
(C) arising or agreed to in the  ordinary course of business and that does  not,
individually  or in the aggregate, detract from  the value of property or assets
of the  Company or  any Restricted  Subsidiary  in any  manner material  to  the
Company  or such Restricted  Subsidiary or (D)  contained in security agreements
securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such  encumbrance
or  restrictions restrict the transfer of  the property subject to such security
agreements; (5) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary  imposed
pursuant  to an  agreement entered into  for the  sale or disposition  of all or
substantially all  the Capital  Stock or  assets of  such Restricted  Subsidiary
pending  the  closing  of such  sale  or  disposition; and  (6)  encumbrances or
restrictions contained  in  any  financing agreement  of  a  Foreign  Restricted
Subsidiary  or arising  or existing by  reason of applicable  law, including any
legal limitations restricting the ability of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries  to
repatriate funds to the United States.
 
    LIMITATION  ON SALES OF ASSETS  AND SUBSIDIARY STOCK.   (a) The Company will
not,  and  will  not  permit  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  make  any  Asset
Disposition  unless  (i)  the  Company or  such  Restricted  Subsidiary receives
consideration at the time of such Asset  Disposition at least equal to the  fair
market  value, as  determined in  good faith  by the  Board of  Directors of the
Company (including as to the value of all non cash consideration), of the shares
and assets  subject  to  such  Asset  Disposition, (ii)  at  least  75%  of  the
consideration  thereof received by the Company  or such Restricted Subsidiary is
in the form of cash or Temporary  Cash Investments and (iii) an amount equal  to
100%  of the Net  Available Cash from  such Asset Disposition  is applied by the
Company or such  Restricted Subsidiary, as  the case  may be (A)  FIRST, to  the
extent  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or
is required by the terms of any Senior
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
Indebtedness), to prepay, repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness or  Indebtedness
(other than Disqualified Stock) of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (in each case other
than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) within 180
days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such
Net  Available Cash; (B) SECOND,  to the extent of  the balance of Net Available
Cash after application in accordance with clause (A), to the extent the  Company
or  such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects, to the investment by
the Company or any  Restricted Subsidiary in Additional  Assets within one  year
from  the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash; (C) THIRD, to  the extent of the  balance of such Net  Available
Cash  after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make an Offer
(as defined below) to purchase Notes  pursuant to and subject to the  conditions
set  forth in paragraph (b)  of this covenant within 45  days after the later of
the application of Net Available Cash in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) and
the date that is one year from the  receipt of such Net Available Cash; and  (D)
FOURTH,  to  the  extent  of  the  balance  of  such  Net  Available  Cash after
application in accordance with clauses (A), (B) and (C), to (x) the  acquisition
by  the Company  or any  Wholly Owned Subsidiary  of Additional  Assets, (y) the
prepayment, repayment or  purchase of  Indebtedness of the  Company (other  than
Indebtedness  owed to  an Affiliate of  the Company and  other than Disqualified
Stock of the Company) or Indebtedness  of any Restricted Subsidiary (other  than
Indebtedness  owed to  the Company  or an  Affiliate of  the Company)  or (z) to
general  corporate  purposes  (other  than  to  the  payment  of  dividends   or
distributions  in respect  of, or repurchases  of, Capital Stock),  in each case
within 45  days after  the  later of  one  year from  the  receipt of  such  Net
Available  Cash  and the  date the  Offer  described in  paragraph (b)  below is
consummated; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that in connection with any prepayment, repayment
or purchase  of Indebtedness  pursuant to  clause  (A), (C)  or (D)  above,  the
Company  or such Restricted Subsidiary will,  to the extent such Indebtedness is
not revolving Indebtedness, retire such Indebtedness and, subject to clause  (i)
of  paragraph (b) under "-- Limitation  on Indebtedness", will cause any related
loan commitment or availability (if any) to be permanently reduced in an  amount
equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.
    
 
    Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions, the  Company and  its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance
herewith except to  the extent that  the aggregate Net  Available Cash from  all
Asset  Dispositions  which  are not  applied  in accordance  with  this covenant
exceeds $5,000,000. The Company shall not be required to make an Offer for Notes
pursuant to this covenant  if the Net Available  Cash available therefor  (after
application  of the proceeds as  provided in clauses (A)  and (B)) are less than
$10,000,000 for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall  be
carried  forward for purposes  of determining whether an  Offer is required with
respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition).
 
    For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash:  (x)
the  assumption by  the transferee  of Indebtedness  of the  Company (other than
Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the  release
of  the  Company  or  such  Restricted Subsidiary  from  all  liability  on such
Indebtedness in  connection  with  such Asset  Disposition  and  (y)  securities
received  by the Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary  from the transferee that
are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.
 
    (b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes
pursuant to clause (a)(iii)(C) of this covenant, the Company will be required to
purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer  by the Company for the Notes  (the
"Offer")  at a  purchase price  of 100% of  their principal  amount plus accrued
interest to the date  of purchase in accordance  with the procedures  (including
prorating  in the event of oversubscription) set  forth in the Indenture. If the
aggregate purchase price of  Notes tendered pursuant to  the Offer is less  than
the  Net Available Cash allotted to the  purchase of the Notes, the Company will
apply the remaining  Net Available  Cash in accordance  with clause  (a)(iii)(D)
above.
 
    (c) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of  Section  14(e)  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  any  other  securities  laws or
regulations in  connection  with  the  repurchase  of  Notes  pursuant  to  this
covenant.  To  the  extent  that  the  provisions  of  any  securities  laws  or
regulations conflict with provisions of  this covenant, the Company will  comply
with  the applicable securities laws  and regulations and will  not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue thereof.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.   (a) The Company will not,  and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into
any  agreement  or conduct  any transaction  or  series of  related transactions
(including the purchase, sale, lease or  exchange of any property, or  rendering
of  any service) with any Affiliate  of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction")
unless (i) the terms of such transaction  or agreement are no less favorable  to
the  Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as  the case may be, than those that
could be obtained at the time of such transaction in arm's-length dealings  with
a  Person  who  is not  such  an Affiliate;  (ii)  in the  event  such Affiliate
Transaction involves an aggregate amount in  excess of $1,000,000, the terms  of
such  transaction or  agreement shall  have been approved  by a  majority of the
members of the  Board of Directors  having no personal  stake in such  Affiliate
Transaction  (and  such  majority  determines  that  such  Affiliate Transaction
satisfies the  criteria  in  clause (i)  above)  and  (iii) in  the  event  such
Affiliate  Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000, the
Company has received a written opinion from a nationally recognized  Independent
Financial  Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction is either fair to the Company
from a financial point of view or is  on terms no less favorable to the  Company
than  could be obtained in an arm's length  transaction from a Person who is not
an Affiliate.
 
   
    (b) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any Restricted Payment permitted to
be made pursuant to "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments", (ii) any issuance of
securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise
pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock
ownership plans approved by the  Board of Directors or  the payment of fees  and
indemnities  to directors of the Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course  of  business, (iii)  loans  or  advances to  employees  in  the
ordinary  course of  business, (iv)  any transaction  between the  Company and a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary or between  Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (v)  transactions
pursuant  to  written agreements  in existence  on  the Issue  Date or  (vi) any
transaction between the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary, on the one hand,
and a  Restricted Subsidiary,  on the  other  hand, in  the ordinary  course  of
business  on terms that  are customary in  the industry or  consistent with past
practice.
    
 
    LIMITATION ON  LIENS.    The Company  will  not,  and will  not  permit  any
Restricted  Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any
Lien on any of its property  or assets (including Capital Stock), whether  owned
on  the Issue Date  or thereafter acquired, securing  any obligation, other than
Permitted Liens, unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is  made
to  secure the Notes equally and  ratably with (or on a  senior basis to, in the
case of Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation
is so secured.
 
   
    LIMITATION ON SALE/LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.   The Company will not, and  will
not   permit  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  enter  into  any  Sale/Leaseback
Transaction with  respect  to  any  property unless  (i)  the  Company  or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary would be entitled to  (A) Incur Indebtedness in an amount
equal to  the  Attributable Indebtedness  with  respect to  such  Sale/Leaseback
Transaction   pursuant  to  the  covenant  described  under  "--  Limitation  on
Indebtedness" and (B)  create a  Lien, if any,  on such  property securing  such
Attributable  Indebtedness  without  equally  and  ratably  securing  the  Notes
pursuant to the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Liens," (ii) the  net
cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with  such Sale/Leaseback Transaction are  at least equal to  the fair value (as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and  certified
in  an Officers'  Certificate to  the Trustee)  of such  property and  (iii) the
transfer of such property  is permitted by, and  the Company or such  Restricted
Subsidiary  applies the  proceeds of  such transaction  in compliance  with, the
covenant described  under  "-- Limitation  on  Sales of  Assets  and  Subsidiary
Stock".
    
 
   
    LIMITATION  ON SALE OF SUBSIDIARY CAPITAL STOCK.   The Company (i) will not,
and will  not permit  any Restricted  Subsidiary of  the Company  to,  transfer,
convey,  sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary to  any  Person  (other  than  to  the  Company  or  a  Wholly  Owned
Subsidiary),  unless  (a)  such  transfer,  conveyance,  sale,  lease  or  other
disposition is of all  the Capital Stock of  such Restricted Subsidiary and  (b)
the  net  cash proceeds  from such  transfer, conveyance,  sale, lease  or other
disposition are applied in  accordance with the  covenant described above  under
"-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" and (ii) will not permit
any  Restricted Subsidiary  to issue  any of its  Capital Stock  (other than, if
necessary, shares  of  its  Capital  Stock  constituting  directors'  qualifying
shares)  to any Person other  than to the Company  or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
PROVIDED that any Restricted Subsidiary
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
may issue in an underwritten public offering or otherwise sell any shares of any
class of its common stock so long as  (x) no more than 20% of such class,  after
giving  effect to any such issuance or sale,  is then held by Persons other than
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (y) the net cash proceeds from such
public offering or sale  are applied in accordance  with the covenant  described
above under "-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock".
    
 
    SEC REPORTS.  Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain
subject  to the reporting  requirements of Section  13 or 15(d)  of the Exchange
Act, the Company will file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and  Noteholders
with  the annual reports and such information, documents and other reports which
are specified in Sections  13 and 15(d)  of the Exchange  Act. The Company  also
will comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).
 
MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  Company will  not consolidate  with or merge  with or  into, or convey,
transfer or lease all  or substantially all its  assets to, any Person,  unless:
(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor Company") will
be  a corporation organized and existing under  the laws of the United States of
America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company
(if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture,  executed
and  delivered to  the Trustee,  in form  satisfactory to  the Trustee,  all the
obligations of the Company under the  Notes and the Indenture; (ii)  immediately
after  giving effect  to such transaction  (and treating  any Indebtedness which
becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of such transaction as having  been Incurred by the Successor Company  or
such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event
of  Default will have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving
effect to such  transaction, the  Successor Company would  be able  to Incur  an
additional  $1.00 of Indebtedness under paragraph  (a) of the covenant described
under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness";  (iv) immediately after giving effect  to
such transaction, the Successor Company will have a Consolidated Net Worth in an
amount  which  is  not less  than  the  Consolidated Net  Worth  of  the Company
immediately prior to such transaction; provided  that this clause (iv) will  not
restrict the Company's ability to consolidate with or merge with any Person in a
transaction  accounted  for  as  a  pooling  of  interests  where  the successor
Company's Consolidated Net Worth is no  more than 5% less than the  Consolidated
Net  Worth of  the Company  immediately prior to  such transaction;  and (v) the
Company will  have delivered  to the  Trustee an  Officers' Certificate  and  an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and
such  supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture, as set forth in
the Indenture.
 
    The Successor  Company will  succeed to,  and be  substituted for,  and  may
exercise  every right  and power  of, the Company  under the  Indenture, but the
predecessor Company in the case  of a lease of all  its assets or a  conveyance,
transfer  or lease of substantially all its assets will not be released from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.
 
    Notwithstanding the  foregoing  clauses (ii)  and  (iii), any  Wholly  Owned
Subsidiary  may consolidate  with, merge  into or  transfer all  or part  of its
properties and assets to the Company.
 
DEFAULTS
 
    An Event of  Default is defined  in the Indenture  as (i) a  default in  any
payment  of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days, (ii) a default
in the payment of principal  of any Note when due  at its Stated Maturity,  upon
optional  redemption, upon  required repurchase, upon  declaration or otherwise,
(iii) the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under "-- Merger
and Consolidation", (iv) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days  after
notice  with  any of  its obligations  under the  covenants described  under "--
Change of Control" or "-- Certain Covenants" (in each case, other than a failure
to purchase Notes), (v) the failure by  the Company to comply for 60 days  after
notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture, (vi) the failure by
the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company to pay any Indebtedness
within  any applicable grace period after  final maturity or the acceleration of
any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof  because of a default if the  total
amount  of such  Indebtedness unpaid  or accelerated  exceeds $5  million or its
foreign currency equivalent (the "cross acceleration provision"), (vii)  certain
events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or reorganization  of  the  Company  or any
Significant Subsidiary
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
of the Company (the "bankruptcy provisions") or (viii) any final, non-appealable
judgment or decree for  the payment of  money in excess  $5 million is  rendered
against  the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company and either (A)
an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such  judgment
or  decree or (B) such  judgment or decree remains  unpaid and outstanding for a
period of  60 days  following such  judgment and  is not  discharged, waived  or
stayed (the "judgment default provision").
 
    The  foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any
such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is  effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
 
    However, a default under clauses (iv) or (v) will not constitute an Event of
Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of
the  outstanding Notes notify  the Company as  provided in the  Indenture of the
default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified  in
clauses (iv) and (v) hereof after receipt of such notice.
 
    If  an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice
to the Company may declare the principal  of and accrued but unpaid interest  on
all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and
interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs
and  is continuing, the principal of and  accrued interest on all the Notes will
become immediately due and payable without  any declaration or other act on  the
part  of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of
a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the  outstanding Notes may  rescind
any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.
 
    Subject  to the provisions  of the Indenture  relating to the  duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee  will
be  under  no obligation  to  exercise any  of the  rights  or powers  under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such  Holders
shall  have offered to the Trustee  reasonable indemnity or security against any
loss, liability or expense.  Except to enforce the  right to receive payment  of
principal,  premium (if  any) or  interest when  due, no  Holder may  pursue any
remedy with respect to the Indenture or  the Notes unless (i) such Holder  shall
have previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,
(ii)  Holders of at least  25% in aggregate principal  amount of the outstanding
Notes shall have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such  Holders
shall  have offered  the Trustee  reasonable security  or indemnity  against any
loss, liability or expense, (iv) the  Trustee shall not have complied with  such
request  within  60 days  after  the receipt  of the  request  and the  offer of
security or indemnity and (v) the Holders  of a majority in principal amount  of
the  outstanding Notes shall not have given the Trustee a direction inconsistent
with such request within  such 60-day period.  Subject to certain  restrictions,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given
the  right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy  available  to  the Trustee  or  of  exercising any  trust  or  power
conferred  on  the  Trustee. The  Trustee,  however,  may refuse  to  follow any
direction that  conflicts  with  law  or  the  Indenture  or  that  the  Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would
involve  the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the
Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in
its sole discretion  against all  losses and expenses  caused by  taking or  not
taking such action.
 
    The  Indenture provides that  if a Default  occurs and is  continuing and is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder notice of the Default
within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is known to  a
Trust  Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the
case of a Default in the payment  of principal of, premium (if any) or  interest
on  any Note, the Trustee may  withhold notice if and so  long as a committee of
its Trust Officers in  good faith determines that  withholding notice is in  the
interests of the Noteholders. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to
the  Trustee, within 120 days  after the end of  each fiscal year, a certificate
indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred  during
the  previous year.  The Company  also is  required to  deliver to  the Trustee,
within 30 days after the occurrence  thereof, written notice of any event  which
would  constitute certain Defaults, their status  and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
 
    Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in  principal amount of the Notes then  outstanding
and  any past default or  compliance with any provisions  may be waived with the
consent of the  Holders of  a majority  in principal  amount of  the Notes  then
outstanding.  However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note
affected, no amendment may, among other  things, (i) reduce the amount of  Notes
whose  Holders must consent to  an amendment, (ii) reduce  the rate of or extend
the time for payment of interest on  any Note, (iii) reduce the principal of  or
extend the Stated Maturity of any Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the
redemption  of any Note or change the time  at which any Note may be redeemed as
described under "--  Optional Redemption", (v)  make any Note  payable in  money
other  than that  stated in  the Note, (vi)  impair the  right of  any Holder to
receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder's Notes on or  after
the  due dates therefor or to institute  suit for the enforcement of any payment
on or  with respect  to such  Holder's Notes  or (vii)  make any  change in  the
amendment  provisions  which  require each  Holder's  consent or  in  the waiver
provisions.
 
    Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the
Indenture to cure any ambiguity,  omission, defect or inconsistency, to  provide
for  the assumption  by a successor  corporation of the  obligations the Company
under the Indenture, to  provide for uncertificated Notes  in addition to or  in
place  of certificated Notes (provided that  the uncertificated Notes are issued
in registered form for purposes  of Section 163(f) of the  Code, or in a  manner
such  that the uncertificated Notes are  as described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of
the Code), to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes,  to
add  to the covenants  of the Company for  the benefit of  the Noteholders or to
surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any change that
does not  adversely affect  the rights  of any  Holder and  to comply  with  any
requirement  of the  SEC in connection  with the qualification  of the Indenture
under the TIA.
 
    The consent  of the  Noteholders is  not necessary  under the  Indenture  to
approve  the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such
consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
 
    After an amendment  under the  Indenture becomes effective,  the Company  is
required  to mail  to Noteholders  a notice  briefly describing  such amendment.
However, the  failure to  give such  notice to  all Noteholders,  or any  defect
therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
    A  Noteholder  may  transfer  or  exchange  Notes  in  accordance  with  the
Indenture. Upon any  transfer or  exchange, the  registrar and  the Trustee  may
require  a Noteholder, among  other things, to  furnish appropriate endorsements
and transfer documents and the Company may require a Noteholder to pay any taxes
required by law  or permitted by  the Indenture, including  any transfer tax  or
other  similar governmental charge payable  in connection therewith. The Company
is not required to transfer or exchange  any Note selected for redemption or  to
transfer  or exchange any Note for  a period of 15 days  prior to a selection of
Notes to  be redeemed.  The Notes  will be  issued in  registered form  and  the
registered  holder of a Note will  be treated as the owner  of such Note for all
purposes.
 
DEFEASANCE
 
   
    The Company at any  time may terminate all  its obligations under the  Notes
and   the  Indenture  ("legal  defeasance"),  except  for  certain  obligations,
including  those  respecting  the  defeasance  trust  (as  defined  herein)  and
obligations  to  register the  transfer  or exchange  of  the Notes,  to replace
mutilated, destroyed,  lost or  stolen Notes  and to  maintain a  registrar  and
paying  agent in respect of the Notes. The Company at any time may terminate its
obligations  under  the  covenants  described  under  "Certain  Covenants",  the
operation  of the cross  acceleration provision, the  bankruptcy provisions with
respect to Significant Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described
under "-- Defaults"  and the  limitations contained  in clauses  (iii) and  (iv)
under "-- Merger and Consolidation" ("covenant defeasance").
    
 
    The  Company may  exercise its  legal defeasance  option notwithstanding its
prior exercise of its covenant defeasance  option. If the Company exercises  its
legal  defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of
an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its  covenant
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
defeasance  option, payment of  the Notes may  not be accelerated  because of an
Event of Default specified in clause  (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) (with respect  only
to  Significant Subsidiaries) or (viii) under  "-- Defaults" above or because of
the failure of the Company to comply with clause (iii) or (iv) under "--  Merger
and Consolidation".
 
    In  order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably
deposit or cause  to be  deposited in trust  (the "defeasance  trust") with  the
Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment
of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will
provide  cash at  such times and  in such amounts  as will be  sufficient to pay
principal and  interest  when due  on  all the  Notes  (except lost,  stolen  or
destroyed  Notes which have been replaced  or repaid) to maturity or redemption,
as the case  may be, and  must comply with  certain other conditions,  including
delivery  to the Trustee of an Opinion of  Counsel to the effect that holders of
the Notes  will  not recognize  income,  gain or  loss  for federal  income  tax
purposes  as a  result of  such deposit  and defeasance  and will  be subject to
federal income tax on  the same amount and  in the same manner  and at the  same
times  as  would have  been  the case  if such  deposit  and defeasance  had not
occurred (and, in  the case of  legal defeasance only,  such Opinion of  Counsel
must  be based on  a ruling of the  Internal Revenue Service  or other change in
applicable federal income tax law).
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
   
    The Bank of New York is to be  the Trustee under the Indenture and has  been
appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes.
    
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
    The  Indenture  provides that  it and  the  Notes will  be governed  by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of  the State of New York without  giving
effect  to applicable  principles of  conflicts of  law to  the extent  that the
application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    "Additional Assets" means (i) any  property or assets (other than  inventory
in  the  ordinary course  of business  and other  than Indebtedness  and Capital
Stock) in a Related Business; (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes  a
Restricted  Subsidiary as a result  of the acquisition of  such Capital Stock by
the  Company  or   another  Restricted  Subsidiary;   or  (iii)  Capital   Stock
constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted
Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such
Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.
 
    "Affiliate"  of any  specified Person  means any  other Person,  directly or
indirectly, controlling  or controlled  by or  under direct  or indirect  common
control  with  such  specified  Person. For  the  purposes  of  this definition,
"control" when used with  respect to any  Person means the  power to direct  the
management  and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of  voting securities,  by contract  or otherwise;  and the  terms
"controlling"  and "controlled" have meanings  correlative to the foregoing. For
purposes of the  covenants in  the Indenture,  "Affiliate" shall  also mean  any
beneficial owner of shares representing 10% or more of the total voting power of
the  Voting Stock  (on a  fully diluted basis)  of the  Company or  of rights or
warrants to purchase such  Voting Stock (whether  or not currently  exercisable)
and  any Person who would be an  Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant
to the first sentence hereof.
 
    "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or
series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) of shares of Capital
Stock of  a Restricted  Subsidiary (other  than directors'  qualifying  shares),
property  or other assets (each referred to  for the purposes of this definition
as a  "disposition")  by the  Company  or  any of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
(including  any  disposition  by means  of  a merger,  consolidation  or similar
transaction) other than  (i) a  disposition by  a Restricted  Subsidiary to  the
Company  or  by  the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  to  a  Wholly Owned
Subsidiary, (ii) a disposition of property, assets, inventory or Temporary  Cash
Investments  in  the ordinary  course  of business,  (iii)  for purposes  of the
"Limitation  on  Sales  of  Assets  and  Subsidiary  Stock"  covenant  only,   a
disposition  that constitutes a Restricted  Payment permitted by the "Limitation
on Restricted Payments" covenant, (iv) a disposition of duplicative or excessive
real  property  where  less  than  75%  of  the  consideration  received  is  in
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
the  form of cash or Temporary Cash Investments, which disposition occurs within
one year of the acquisition  thereof and (v) any  disposition of assets with  an
aggregate  fair  market value  (as  determined in  good  faith by  the  Board of
Directors) of less than $1 million.
 
   
    "Attributable Indebtedness"  in  respect  of  a  Sale/Leaseback  Transaction
means,  as at the  time of determination,  the present value  (discounted at the
interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total  obligations
of  the  lessee for  rental  payments during  the  remaining term  of  the lease
included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such
lease has been  extended); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that "Attributable  Indebtedness"
shall not include any such obligations to the extent they relate to the lease of
stores,  warehouses,  offices  or  distribution  facilities,  including  without
limitation, the  fixtures  appertaining  thereto, unless  such  obligations  are
required to be recorded on the Company's balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
    
 
    "Average  Life" means, as of the date  of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient  obtained by dividing (i) the  sum
of  the product of  the numbers of years  from the date  of determination to the
dates of each  successive scheduled  principal payment of  such Indebtedness  or
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by
the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
 
    "Board  of Directors" means  the Board of  Directors or equivalent governing
body of a Person (or the general partner of such Person, as the case may be)  or
any  committee  thereof  duly authorized  to  act  on behalf  of  such  Board or
equivalent governing body.
 
    "Business Day" means a  day other than  a Saturday, Sunday  or other day  on
which  banking institutions in New York State  are authorized or required by law
to close.
 
    "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means  an obligation that  is required to  be
classified  and accounted  for as  a capitalized  lease for  financial reporting
purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented  by
such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in
accordance  with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity  thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease.
 
    "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to
purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or  interests
in  (however designated) equity  of such Person,  including any Preferred Stock,
but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
 
    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
    "Consolidated Coverage  Ratio" as  of any  date of  determination means  the
ratio  of (i) the aggregate  amount of EBITDA for the  period of the most recent
four consecutive fiscal quarters ending  at least 45 days  prior to the date  of
such  determination to (ii)  Consolidated Interest Expense  for such four fiscal
quarters;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  (1)  if  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that
remains  outstanding or if the transaction giving  rise to the need to calculate
the Consolidated  Coverage Ratio  is  an Incurrence  of Indebtedness,  or  both,
EBITDA  and Consolidated  Interest Expense for  such period  shall be calculated
after giving  effect on  a  pro forma  basis to  such  Indebtedness as  if  such
Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge
of  any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged
with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred  on
the  first day  of such period,  (2) if since  the beginning of  such period the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition or if
the transaction giving rise to the  need to calculate the Consolidated  Coverage
Ratio is an Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an
amount  equal to  the EBITDA (if  positive) directly attributable  to the assets
which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by
an amount equal to  the EBITDA (if negative)  directly attributable thereto  for
such  period and Consolidated Interest Expense  for such period shall be reduced
by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to
any  Indebtedness  of   the  Company  or   any  Restricted  Subsidiary   repaid,
repurchased,  defeased or otherwise  discharged with respect  to the Company and
its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition
for such  period  (or,  if  the  Capital  Stock  of  any  Restricted  Subsidiary
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable
to  the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and
its  continuing  Restricted   Subsidiaries  are  no   longer  liable  for   such
Indebtedness  after such sale),  (3) if since  the beginning of  such period the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
Investment  in  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  (or  any  Person  which  becomes  a
Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of
assets  occurring in connection  with a transaction causing  a calculation to be
made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating  unit
of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
calculated  after giving pro  forma effect thereto  (including the Incurrence of
any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day
of such period and (4)  if since the beginning of  such period any Person  (that
subsequently  became  a Restricted  Subsidiary or  was merged  with or  into the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since  the beginning of such period)  shall
have  made any Asset Disposition  or any Investment that  would have required an
adjustment pursuant to  clause (2)  or (3)  above if made  by the  Company or  a
Restricted  Subsidiary  during  such period,  EBITDA  and  Consolidated Interest
Expense for  such period  shall  be calculated  after  giving pro  forma  effect
thereto  as if such Asset Disposition or Investment occurred on the first day of
such period. For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be
given to an  acquisition of assets,  the amount of  income or earnings  relating
thereto  and the  amount of  Consolidated Interest  Expense associated  with any
Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations  shall
be  determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of
the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is  being
given  pro  forma effect,  the interest  expense on  such Indebtedness  shall be
calculated as if the rate  in effect on the date  of determination had been  the
applicable  rate for  the entire period  (taking into account  any Interest Rate
Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has  a
remaining term in excess of 12 months).
 
    "Consolidated  Interest Expense" means,  for any period,  the total interest
expense of the Company  and its consolidated  Restricted Subsidiaries, plus,  to
the  extent  not  included  in  such  interest  expense,  (i)  interest  expense
attributable to  capital leases,  (ii) amortization  of debt  discount and  debt
issuance  cost, (iii) capitalized interest,  (iv) non-cash interest expense, (v)
commissions, discounts and other fees and  charges owed with respect to  letters
of  credit and bankers' acceptance financing, (vi) interest actually paid by the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or
other obligation of any  other Person, (vii) net  costs associated with  Hedging
Obligations  (including amortization of fees),  (viii) Preferred Stock dividends
in respect of all Preferred  Stock of the Company  and its Subsidiaries held  by
Persons  other than the Company  or a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary and (ix) the cash
contributions to  any employee  stock ownership  plan or  similar trust  to  the
extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees
to  any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred
by such plan or trust; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall be excluded therefrom
any such  interest expense  of any  Unrestricted Subsidiary  to the  extent  the
related  Indebtedness is not Guaranteed or paid by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary.
 
    "Consolidated Net Income" means,  for any period, the  net income (loss)  of
the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
 
        (i)  any  net  income (loss)  of  any Person  if  such Person  is  not a
    Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations  contained
    in  (iv) below the Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for
    such period shall  be included  in such Consolidated  Net Income  up to  the
    aggregate  amount of  cash actually distributed  by such  Person during such
    period to the  Company or  a Restricted Subsidiary  as a  dividend or  other
    distribution  (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a
    Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations  contained in clause (iii)  below)
    and (B) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an
    Unrestricted  Subsidiary) for such  period shall be  included in determining
    such Consolidated Net Income,
 
        (ii) any net income (loss)  of any Person acquired  by the Company or  a
    Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the
    date of such acquisition,
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
        (iii)  any net  income of any  Restricted Subsidiary  if such Restricted
    Subsidiary is  subject  to  restrictions, directly  or  indirectly,  on  the
    payment  of  dividends or  the making  of  distributions by  such Restricted
    Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that (A)  subject
    to  the limitations contained in (iv) below  the Company's equity in the net
    income of any such Restricted Subsidiary  for such period shall be  included
    in  such Consolidated  Net Income  up to the  aggregate amount  of cash that
    could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period
    to the Company or another Restricted  Subsidiary as a dividend (subject,  in
    the  case of a dividend to  another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation
    contained in this clause) and (B) the Company's equity in a net loss of  any
    such  Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining
    such Consolidated Net Income,
 
        (iv) any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition
    of any  property, plant  or equipment  of the  Company or  its  consolidated
    Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is
    not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any
    gain  (but not  loss) realized  upon the  sale or  other disposition  of any
    Capital Stock of any Person,
 
        (v) any extraordinary gain or loss, and
 
        (vi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.
 
    "Consolidated Net Worth" means the total of the amounts shown on the balance
sheet  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  determined  on   a
consolidated  basis in accordance  with GAAP, as  of the end  of the most recent
fiscal quarter of the Company ending at least 45 days prior to the taking of any
action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as (i) the  par
or  stated  value of  all outstanding  Capital  Stock of  the Company  plus (ii)
paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock plus (iii) any
retained earnings or earned surplus less (A) any accumulated deficit and (B) any
amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock.
 
   
    "Credit Agreement" means the  Credit Agreement, dated as  of June 18,  1994,
among  the Company, the lenders parties thereto, and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.,
as agent, as it may be  amended, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced  from
time to time.
    
 
    "Currency  Agreement"  means in  respect of  a  Person any  foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement  or other similar agreement  as to which  such
Person is a party or a beneficiary.
 
    "Default"  means any event which  is, or after notice  or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.
 
    "Disqualified Stock" means, with  respect to any  Person, any Capital  Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or  for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures
or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,
(ii) is convertible or  exchangeable for Indebtedness  or Disqualified Stock  or
(iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in
each  case on or  prior to the first  anniversary of the  Stated Maturity of the
Notes.
 
    "EBITDA" for any period  means the sum of  Consolidated Net Income for  such
period,   plus  the  following  to  the  extent  deducted  in  calculating  such
Consolidated Net  Income: (i)  income tax  expense, (ii)  Consolidated  Interest
Expense,  (iii)  depreciation expense,  (iv) amortization  expense, and  (v) all
other non-cash items  reducing Consolidated Net  Income (excluding any  non-cash
items  to  the  extent  they  represent an  accrual  of,  or  reserve  for, cash
disbursements for any  subsequent period),  less all  non-cash items  increasing
such  Consolidated Net Income in each  case for such period. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the income tax expense, depreciation expense and amortization expense
of a Restricted Subsidiary of  the Company shall be  included in EBITDA only  to
the  extent (and in the same proportion)  that the net income of such Subsidiary
was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a  corresponding
amount  would be permitted at  the date of determination  to be distributable to
the Company by such Subsidiary as a dividend.
 
    "Equity Offering" means an offering for cash of common stock of the Company.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
    "Foreign Restricted  Subsidiary"  means  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  that  is
organized  under  the laws  of  any country  other  than the  United  States and
substantially all the assets of which are located outside the United States.
 
    "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles in the United  States
of  America as in  effect as of the  date of the  Indenture, including those set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements  of the Accounting Principles Board  of
the  American  Institute  of  Certified Public  Accountants  and  statements and
pronouncements of  the Financial  Accounting Standards  Board or  in such  other
statements  by such  other entity  as approved by  a significant  segment of the
accounting profession. All ratios  and computations based  on GAAP contained  in
the Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.
 
    "Guarantee"  means any  obligation, contingent  or otherwise,  of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of  any
other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of
such  Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase
or payment  of) such  Indebtedness  or other  obligation  of such  other  Person
(whether  arising  by virtue  of partnership  arrangements,  or by  agreement to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or
to maintain financial statement  conditions or otherwise)  or (ii) entered  into
for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or
other  obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss
in respect  thereof (in  whole or  in part);  PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that the  term
"Guarantee"  shall not  include endorsements  for collection  or deposit  in the
ordinary course  of  business.  The  term  "Guarantee" used  as  a  verb  has  a
corresponding meaning.
 
    "Hedging  Obligations" of  any Person means  the obligations  of such Person
pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.
 
    "Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered
on the Registrar's books.
 
    "Incur" means issue,  assume, Guarantee,  incur or  otherwise become  liable
for;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that  any Indebtedness  or Capital  Stock of  a Person
existing at  the time  such  Person becomes  a  Subsidiary (whether  by  merger,
consolidation,  acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be incurred by such
Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.
 
    "Indebtedness"  means,  with  respect   to  any  Person   on  any  date   of
determination (without duplication),
 
        (i)  the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of
    such Person for borrowed money,
 
        (ii) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations  of
    such   Person  evidenced  by  bonds,  debentures,  notes  or  other  similar
    instruments,
 
        (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit  or
    other  similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect
    thereto),
 
        (iv) all  obligations of  such Person  to pay  the deferred  and  unpaid
    purchase  price  of  property  or services  (except  Trade  Payables), which
    purchase price is due more  that six months after  the date of placing  such
    property  in service or taking delivery  and title thereto or the completion
    of such services,
 
        (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable  Indebtedness
    of such Person,
 
        (vi)  the amount of all  obligations of such Person  with respect to the
    redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with
    respect to any Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case,
    any accrued dividends),
 
        (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons  secured by a Lien on any  asset
    of  such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;
    PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the  lesser
    of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and
    (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person,
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
        (viii)  all Indebtedness  of other Persons  to the  extent Guaranteed by
    such Person and
 
        (ix) to the extent  not otherwise included  in this definition,  Hedging
    Obligations.
 
The  amount of Indebtedness of  any Person at any  date shall be the outstanding
balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the
maximum liability, upon  the occurrence of  the contingency giving  rise to  the
obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.
 
    "Independent  Financial Advisor"  means any  independent investment banking,
actuarial, appraisal, consulting or accounting firm experienced in the appraisal
or  similar  review  of   the  applicable  transaction   or  similar  types   of
transactions.
 
    "Interest Rate Agreement" means with respect to any Person any interest rate
protection  agreement,  interest  rate future  agreement,  interest  rate option
agreement, interest rate swap agreement,  interest rate cap agreement,  interest
rate  collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement
or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.
 
    "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other
than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are  recorded
as  accounts receivable on the balance sheet  of such Person) or other extension
of credit (including  by way  of Guarantee  or similar  arrangement) or  capital
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or
any  payment for property or services for the  account or use of others), or any
purchase  or  acquisition  of  Capital  Stock,  Indebtedness  or  other  similar
instruments   issued  by  such  Person.  For   purposes  of  the  definition  of
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the "Limitation on Restricted Payments"  covenant,
(i)  "Investment"  shall include  the  portion (proportionate  to  the Company's
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the  fair market value of the net  assets
of  any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon a redesignation of such
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the  Company shall be deemed to  continue
to  have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if
positive) equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time
of such  redesignation less  (y)  the portion  (proportionate to  the  Company's
equity  interest in such Subsidiary) of the  fair market value of the net assets
of such  Subsidiary  at the  time  that such  Subsidiary  is so  redesignated  a
Restricted  Subsidiary;  and  (ii)  any  property  transferred  to  or  from  an
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time  of
such  transfer,  in  each case  as  determined in  good  faith by  the  Board of
Directors and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors certified  in
an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee.
 
    "Investment  Grade" means BBB- or higher  by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
and its successors and Baa3 or higher by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its
successors.
 
    "Issue Date" means the date on which the Notes are originally issued.
 
    "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge,  security interest, encumbrance, lien  or
charge  of any  kind (including  any conditional  sale or  other title retention
agreement or lease in the nature thereof).
 
   
    "Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments  received
(including  any cash payments  received by way of  deferred payment of principal
pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and  when
received,  but  excluding  any  other  consideration  received  in  the  form of
assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating
to such properties or assets or received in any other non-cash form)  therefrom,
in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions
and  other  fees  and expenses  incurred,  and all  Federal,  state, provincial,
foreign and local  taxes required to  be paid  or accrued as  a liability  under
GAAP,  as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all payments made on any
Indebtedness which is secured by any  assets subject to such Asset  Disposition,
in  accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its
terms, or in order to obtain a  necessary consent to such Asset Disposition,  or
by  applicable law be  repaid out of  the proceeds from  such Asset Disposition,
(iii) all  distributions and  other payments  required to  be made  to  minority
interest  holders in Subsidiaries  or joint ventures  as a result  of such Asset
Disposition, (iv) the  deduction of appropriate  amounts to be  provided by  the
seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated
with  the  assets disposed  of in  such  Asset Disposition  and retained  by the
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition and (v) in the
case of an  Asset Disposition  by a  Foreign Restricted  Subsidiary, any  amount
which,  as a  result of applicable  law, may  not be legally  repatriated to the
United States.
 
    "Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital  Stock,
means  the  cash proceeds  of  such issuance  or  sale net  of  attorneys' fees,
accountants'  fees,  underwriters'  or  placement  agents'  fees,  discounts  or
commissions  and  brokerage,  consultant  and other  fees  actually  incurred in
connection with such  issuance or sale  and net of  taxes paid or  payable as  a
result thereof.
 
    "Permitted  Holders" means  Sam Wyly,  Charles J.  Wyly, Jr.,  Evan A. Wyly,
trusts established by or  for the benefit  of any such Persons  or any of  their
lineal descendants, entities controlled by any such trusts, and their respective
Affiliates.
 
    "Permitted  Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in  (i) a  Restricted Subsidiary  or a  Person which  will, upon  the
making  of such Investment,  become a Restricted  Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the primary business of such  Restricted Subsidiary is a Related  Business;
(ii)  another Person  if as  a result  of such  Investment such  other Person is
merged  or  consolidated  with  or  into,   or  transfers  or  conveys  all   or
substantially  all  its  assets  to, the  Company  or  a  Restricted Subsidiary;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER,that such  Person's primary  business is  a Related  Business;
(iii)  Temporary Cash Investments; (iv) receivables  owing to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business
and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the
Company  or  any   such  Restricted  Subsidiary   deems  reasonable  under   the
circumstances;  (v) payroll, travel  and similar advances  to cover matters that
are expected at the time of such  advances ultimately to be treated as  expenses
for  accounting purposes and that  are made in the  ordinary course of business;
(vi) loans or  advances to  employees made in  the ordinary  course of  business
consistent  with past  practice of  the Company  or such  Restricted Subsidiary;
(vii) stock, obligations or securities  received in settlement of debts  created
in  the ordinary course of  business and owing to  the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; (viii) Investments by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in  one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries  in
an  aggregate amount not to exceed $15  million; and (ix) advances to vendors in
the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding not to exceed $5 million.
 
   
    "Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person, (a) pledges or deposits
by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or
similar legislation, or good  faith deposits in  connection with bids,  tenders,
contracts  (other than for the payment of  Indebtedness) or leases to which such
Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such
Person or deposits or cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or
appeal bonds  to which  such Person  is a  party, or  deposits as  security  for
contested  taxes  or import  duties or  for the  payment of  rent, in  each case
incurred in the ordinary course of business;  (b) Liens imposed by law, such  as
carriers',  warehousemen's and mechanics'  Liens, in each case  for sums not yet
due or being contested in good  faith by appropriate proceedings or other  Liens
arising  out of judgments  or awards against  such Person with  respect to which
such Person shall  then be proceeding  with an appeal  or other proceedings  for
review and landlords' Liens; (c) Liens for property taxes not yet due or payable
or  subject to penalties  for non-payment or  which are being  contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings; (d) Liens in favor of issuers of surety  bonds
or  letters of credit issued  pursuant to the request of  and for the account of
such Person in the ordinary course of its business; (e) minor survey exceptions,
minor encumbrances,  easements or  reservations  of, or  rights of  others  for,
licenses,  rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines,  telegraph and telephone lines
and other similar purposes,  or zoning or  other restrictions as  to the use  of
real  properties or  Liens incidental  to the  conduct of  the business  of such
Person or  to  the  ownership of  its  properties  which were  not  incurred  in
connection  with  Indebtedness  and which  do  not in  the  aggregate materially
adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use  in
the  operation  of  the business  of  such  Person; (f)  Liens  securing Hedging
Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under
the Indenture, secured  by a  Lien on the  same property  securing such  Hedging
Obligations;  (g) leases and  subleases of real property  which do not interfere
with the  ordinary  conduct  of the  business  of  the Company  or  any  of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and which are made on
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
customary  and usual terms applicable to  similar properties; (h) Liens existing
as of the date on which the Notes are originally issued and Liens created by the
Indenture; (i) Liens created solely for  the purpose of securing Purchase  Money
Debt Incurred after the date on which the Notes are originally issued; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such
Liens  shall not exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value of the assets or
property so acquired or constructed, (B) the Indebtedness secured by such  Liens
shall  have otherwise been  permitted to be  issued under the  Indenture and (C)
such Liens shall not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any
of its  Restricted Subsidiaries  and shall  attach to  such assets  or  property
within 90 days of the construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or
property;  (j) Liens on the assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company existing at the time such  Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary  of
the  Company  and not  incurred as  a result  of  (or in  connection with  or in
anticipation of)  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  becoming  a  Subsidiary  of  the
Company;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (A) any such  Lien does not by its terms cover
any property  or assets  after the  time such  Restricted Subsidiary  becomes  a
Subsidiary which were not covered immediately prior to such transaction, (B) the
incurrence  of the Indebtedness  secured by such Lien  shall have otherwise been
permitted to be issued under the Indenture, and (C) such Liens do not extend  to
or  cover any other property  or assets of the Company  or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; (k) Liens to secure Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted to  be
Incurred  under the Indenture; (l) Liens  to secure Indebtedness permitted to be
Incurred under the  Indenture which is  recourse solely to  the assets  securing
such Indebtedness; PROVIDED that (i) the fair market value, as determined by the
Board  of  Directors  in  good  faith,  of  the  assets  subject  to  such Liens
(determined at the time such Liens are granted) does not exceed an amount  equal
to  125% of  the amount  of such Indebtedness  and (ii)  the aggregate principal
amount outstanding at  any one time  of all Indebtedness  secured by such  Liens
shall  not exceed $10 million; and (m) Liens extending, renewing or replacing in
whole or in part a Lien permitted by the Indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  (A)
such  Liens do not extend  beyond the property subject  to the existing Lien and
improvements and construction on such property and (B) the Indebtedness  secured
by  the Lien may not exceed the Indebtedness secured at the time by the existing
Lien.
    
 
    "Person" means  any  individual,  corporation,  partnership  joint  venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
    "Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as
to  the  payment of  dividends, or  as to  the distribution  of assets  upon any
voluntary or involuntary  liquidation or dissolution  of such corporation,  over
shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.
 
    "Public  Market" means any time after (x) the common stock of the Company is
then registered with the SEC pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the  Exchange
Act  and traded  either on  a national  securities exchange  or in  the National
Association of Securities Dealers  Automated Quotation System  and (y) at  least
20%  of the total  issued and outstanding  Voting Stock of  the Company has been
distributed by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act.
 
   
    "Refinancing Indebtedness"  means  Indebtedness  that  refunds,  refinances,
replaces,  renews, repays  or extends (including  pursuant to  any defeasance or
discharge mechanism) (collectively, "refinances," and "refinanced" shall have  a
correlative  meaning) any Indebtedness existing on  the date of the Indenture or
Incurred in compliance with the Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company
that refinances Indebtedness  of any Restricted  Subsidiary and Indebtedness  of
any  Restricted Subsidiary  that refinances  Indebtedness of  another Restricted
Subsidiary) including  Indebtedness  that refinances  Refinancing  Indebtedness;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that (i) the Refinancing  Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity
no earlier than the Stated Maturity  of the Indebtedness being refinanced,  (ii)
the  Refinancing Indebtedness has  an Average Life at  the time such Refinancing
Indebtedness is Incurred that is  equal to or greater  than the Average Life  of
the  Indebtedness being  refinanced and  (iii) such  Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred in an  aggregate principal  amount (or  if issued  with original  issue
discount,  an aggregate issue price) that is equal  to (or, to the extent of any
applicable premium in connection with a refinancing, greater than) or less  than
the  sum of  the aggregate  principal amount (or  if issued  with original issue
discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
the  Indebtedness being refinanced; PROVIDED  FURTHER, HOWEVER, that Refinancing
Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary  that
refinances  Indebtedness of the Company or (y)  Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted  Subsidiary   that  refinances   Indebtedness  of   an   Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
 
    "Related Business" means any business related, ancillary or complementary to
the  businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the applicable
date.
 
    "Restricted Subsidiary" means any  Subsidiary of the  Company other than  an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
    "Sale/Leaseback  Transaction" means an arrangement  relating to property now
owned or  hereafter acquired  whereby  the Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary
transfers  such property to a Person and  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
leases it from such Person.
 
    "SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    "Secured Indebtedness" means any  Indebtedness of the  Company secured by  a
Lien.
 
    "Senior  Indebtedness"  means  all Indebtedness  of  the  Company, including
interest thereon, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter  Incurred,
unless  in the instrument creating  or evidencing the same  or pursuant to which
the same is outstanding it is provided that such obligations are subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Senior Indebtedness shall
not include  (1)  any obligation  of  the Company  to  any Subsidiary,  (2)  any
liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company,
(3)  any accounts payable or  other liability to trade  creditors arising in the
ordinary  course  of  business  (including  Guarantees  thereof  or  instruments
evidencing  such liabilities), (4) any  Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of
the Company  which  is  subordinate  or  junior in  any  respect  to  any  other
Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of the Company, including any Subordinated
Obligations,  (5)  any  obligations  with  respect  to  any  Capital  Stock, (6)
Indebtedness which,  when Incurred  and without  respect to  any election  under
Section  1111(b) of  Title II,  United States Code,  is without  recourse to the
Company, or (7) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of the Indenture.
 
    "Significant Subsidiary" means  any Restricted  Subsidiary that  would be  a
"Significant  Subsidiary" of the  Company within the meaning  of Rule 1-02 under
Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
 
    "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified in
such security  as the  fixed date  on which  the payment  of principal  of  such
security  is due  and payable,  including pursuant  to any  mandatory redemption
provision (but  excluding any  provision providing  for the  repurchase of  such
security  at  the  option  of  the holder  thereof  upon  the  happening  of any
contingency beyond  the  control  of  the issuer  unless  such  contingency  has
occurred).
 
    "Subordinated  Obligation" means  any Indebtedness  of the  Company (whether
outstanding on the Issue  Date or thereafter Incurred)  which is subordinate  or
junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.
 
    "Subsidiary"  of any Person means  any corporation, association, partnership
or other business entity  of which more  than 50% of the  total voting power  of
shares  of Capital  Stock or  other interests  (including partnership interests)
entitled (without regard to  the occurrence of any  contingency) to vote in  the
election  of directors,  managers or  trustees thereof is  at the  time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one
or more Subsidiaries of such  Person or (iii) one  or more Subsidiaries of  such
Person.
 
    "Temporary  Cash Investments" means any of the following: (i) any investment
in direct obligations of the United States  of America or any agency thereof  or
obligations  Guaranteed by the  United States of America  or any agency thereof,
(ii) investments in  time deposit  accounts, certificates of  deposit and  money
market  deposits maturing  within 180  days of  the date  of acquisition thereof
issued by a  bank or  trust company  which is organized  under the  laws of  the
United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by
the  United  States of  America having  capital,  surplus and  undivided profits
aggregating in  excess  of  $250,000,000 (or  the  foreign  currency  equivalent
thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
"A"  (or such similar  equivalent rating) or  higher by at  least one nationally
recognized statistical rating  organization (as  defined in Rule  436 under  the
Securities  Act), (iii) repurchase obligations  with a term of  not more than 30
days for  underlying securities  of  the types  described  in clause  (i)  above
entered  into with  a bank meeting  the qualifications described  in clause (ii)
above, (iv) investments  in commercial  paper, maturing  not more  than 90  days
after  the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate
of an Issuer) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States  of
America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a
rating  at the  time as  of which any  investment therein  is made  of "P-1" (or
higher) according  to  Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. or  "A-1"  (or  higher)
according  to Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, and (v) investments in securities
with maturities of six  months or less  from the date  of acquisition issued  or
fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of
America,  or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated
at least "A"  by Standard &  Poor's Ratings  Group or "A"  by Moody's  Investors
Service, Inc.
 
    "TIA"  means  the  Trust Indenture  Act  of 1939  (15  U.S.C. SectionSection
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.
 
    "Total Assets"  means, as  of  any date,  the Company's  total  consolidated
assets as of such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "Trade  Payables" means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or
any indebtedness or monetary obligation  to trade creditors created, assumed  or
Guaranteed  by  such  Person  arising  in the  ordinary  course  of  business in
connection with the acquisition of goods or services.
 
    "Unrestricted Subsidiary"  means  (i) initially,  Aaron  Brothers  Holdings,
Inc.,  and Michaels of Canada, Inc., (ii)  any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by  the
Board  of Directors in the manner provided below, and (iii) any Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary  of
the  Company (including  any newly  acquired or  newly formed  Subsidiary of the
Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary  unless such Subsidiary or any of  its
Subsidiaries  owns any Capital  Stock or Indebtedness  of, or owns  or holds any
Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that
is not a Subsidiary  of the Subsidiary to  be so designated; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that  (i) either (A) the  Subsidiary to be so  designated has total consolidated
assets of  $1,000 or  less or  (B) if  such Subsidiary  has consolidated  assets
greater  than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under "Limitation
on Restricted Payments" and  (ii) the holders of  any permitted Indebtedness  of
such  Subsidiary do not have direct or  indirect recourse against the Company or
any Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company  and  neither the  Company  nor  any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company otherwise has any liability for any payment
obligations  in  respect  of  such  Indebtedness.  The  Board  of  Directors may
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to  be a Restricted Subsidiary;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that  immediately  after giving  effect  to such  designation  (x) the
Company could  Incur  $1.00  of  additional Indebtedness  under  clause  (a)  of
"Limitation  on  Indebtedness" and  (y) no  Default shall  have occurred  and be
continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to
the Trustee by promptly filing with the  Trustee a copy of the Board  Resolution
giving  effect to such designation and  an Officers' Certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
 
    "U.S. Government  Obligations"  means direct  obligations  (or  certificates
representing  an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of
America (including any  agency or  instrumentality thereof) for  the payment  of
which  the full faith and credit of the  United States of America is pledged and
which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer's option.
 
    "Voting Stock" of a corporation means  all classes of Capital Stock of  such
corporation  then outstanding and  normally entitled to vote  in the election of
directors.
 
    "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company  all
the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by
the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM
 
    The  Notes  will initially  be  issued in  the form  of  one or  more Global
Securities (as defined in the  Indenture) held in book-entry form.  Accordingly,
Depositary  or its nominee will  initially be the sole  registered holder of the
Notes for all purposes under the Indenture.
 
    Upon the  issuance of  a Global  Security, Depositary  or its  nominee  will
credit  the accounts of persons holding through it with the respective principal
amounts of  the Notes  represented by  such Global  Security purchased  by  such
persons  in the Offering. Such accounts  shall be designated by the Underwriters
with respect to Notes placed by  the Underwriters for the Company. Ownership  of
beneficial  interests in a Global Security will  be limited to persons that have
accounts with Depositary  ("participants") or  persons that  may hold  interests
through  participants. Ownership  of beneficial  interests by  participants in a
Global Security will be  shown on, and the  transfer of that ownership  interest
will  be effected only through, records maintained by Depositary for such Global
Security. Ownership of beneficial interests  in such Global Security by  persons
that  hold  through participants  will be  shown  on, and  the transfer  of that
ownership interest  within  such  participant will  be  effected  only  through,
records  maintained by such participant. The  laws of some jurisdictions require
that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such  securities
in definitive form. Such limits and such laws may impair the ability to transfer
beneficial interests in a Global Security.
 
    Payment  of principal and  interest on Notes represented  by any such Global
Security will be made to Depositary or its  nominee, as the case may be, as  the
sole  registered owner and the sold holder  of the Notes represented thereby for
all purposes under the Indenture. None of the Company, the Trustee, any agent of
the Company, or the Underwriters will  have any responsibility or liability  for
any  aspect of Depositary's records  relating to or payments  made on account of
beneficial ownership interests in  a Global Security  representing any Notes  or
for  maintaining, supervising, or reviewing any of Depositary's records relating
to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
    The Company has been advised by Depositary that upon receipt of any  payment
of   principal  of,  or  interest  on,  any  Global  Security,  Depositary  will
immediately credit,  on its  book-entry registration  and transfer  system,  the
accounts  of  participants  with  payments  in  amounts  proportionate  to their
respective beneficial interests in the principal  or face amount of such  Global
Security  as shown  on the  records of  Depositary. Payments  by participants to
owners  of  beneficial  interests  in  a  Global  Security  held  through   such
participants  will be governed by  standing instructions and customary practices
as is now  the case  with securities held  for customer  accounts registered  in
"street name" and will be the sole responsibility of such participants.
 
    A  Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by Depositary to
a nominee of Depositary or  by a nominee of  Depositary to Depositary. A  Global
Security  is exchangeable for certificated Notes only if (i) Depositary notifies
the Issuers that  it is  unwilling or  unable to  continue as  a Depositary  (as
defined  in the Indenture) for such Global Security or if at any time Depositary
ceases to  be a  clearing agency  registered under  the Exchange  Act, (ii)  the
Company  executes and delivers to the Trustee a notice that such Global Security
shall be  so transferable,  registrable, and  exchangeable, and  such  transfers
shall  be registrable, or (iii)  there shall have occurred  and be continuing an
Event of Default or an event which, with  the giving of notice or lapse of  time
or  both,  would  constitute an  Event  of  Default with  respect  to  the Notes
represented by such Global  Security. Any Global  Security that is  exchangeable
for  certificated Notes pursuant  to the preceding  sentence will be transferred
to,  and  registered  and  exchanged  for,  certificated  notes  in   authorized
denominations and registered in such names as the Depositary holding such Global
Security  may  direct.  Subject  to  the foregoing,  a  Global  Security  is not
exchangeable, except for a Global Security of like denomination to be registered
in the  name of  the Depositary  or  its nominee.  In the  event that  a  Global
Security  becomes exchangeable  for certificated  Notes, (i)  certificated Notes
will be  issued only  in fully  registered form  in denominations  of $1,000  or
integral multiples thereof, (ii) payment of principal, any repurchase price, and
interest  on the  certificated Notes  will be payable,  and the  transfer of the
certificated Notes will be registerable, at the office or agency of the  Company
maintained for such purposes, and (iii) no
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
service  charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the
certificated Notes, although the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
 
    So long as  the Depositary for  a Global  Security, or its  nominee, is  the
registered  owner of such  Global Security, such Depositary  or such nominee, as
the case  may be,  will be  considered the  sole owner  or holder  of the  Notes
represented by such Global Security for the purposes of receiving payment on the
Notes, receiving notices, and for all other purposes under the Indenture and the
Notes.  Beneficial interests in  Notes will be evidenced  only by, and transfers
thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary  and
its  participants. Cede & Co.  has been appointed as  the nominee of Depositary.
Except as provided above,  owners of beneficial interests  in a Global  Security
will  not be entitled to and will not  be considered the holders thereon for any
purposes under  the  Indenture. Accordingly,  each  person owning  a  beneficial
interest  in a Global  Security must rely  on the procedures  of the Depositary,
and, if such person is not a  participant, on the procedures of the  participant
through  which such person owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder
under the  Indenture.  The  Company understands  that  under  existing  industry
practices,  in the event that the Company requests any action of holders or that
an owner of a beneficial interest in  a Global Security desires to give or  take
any  action which a holder is entitled to  give or take under the Indenture, the
Depositary would  authorize the  participants  holding the  relevant  beneficial
interest  to  give or  take such  action and  such participants  would authorize
beneficial owners owning through such participants  to give or take such  action
or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through
them.
 
    Depositary  has  advised the  Company that  Depositary is  a limited-purpose
trust company organized under the Banking Law of the State of New York, a member
of the Federal Reserve  System, a "clearing corporation"  within the meaning  of
the  New York Uniform Commercial Code,  and a "clearing agency" registered under
the Exchange  Act.  Depositary  was  created  to  hold  the  securities  of  its
participants  and  to  facilitate  the clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions among  its  participants  in  such  securities  through  electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need
for  physical  movement  of securities  certificates.  Depositary's participants
include securities  brokers and  dealers  (including the  Underwriters),  banks,
trust  companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations some of
whom (and/or  their  representatives)  own Depositary.  Access  to  Depositary's
book-entry  system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers,
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with
a participant, either direct or indirectly.
 
SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
 
    Settlement for the Notes  will be made in  immediately available funds.  All
payments  of principal and interest  will be made by  the Company in immediately
available funds. The Notes will trade in the Same-Day Funds Settlement System of
the Depositary until  maturity, and  secondary market trading  activity for  the
Notes will therefore settle in immediately available funds.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
   
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
    
 
   
    Material  United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant
to holders of Notes generally are set forth below. The following discussion does
not address all  aspects of United  States federal income  taxation that may  be
relevant to a particular holder in light of personal investment circumstances or
certain  types of investors subject to special treatment under the United States
federal  income  tax  laws,  (for  example,  individual  retirement  and   other
tax-deferred  accounts,  life  insurance  companies,  tax  exempt organizations,
taxpayers subject  to the  alternative  minimum tax,  dealers in  securities  or
currencies,  financial  institutions  or  persons holding  Notes  as  part  of a
hedging, straddle or  conversion transaction). This  discussion deals only  with
Notes  held as capital assets by  the initial purchasers thereof. The discussion
is based upon the provisions  of the Internal Revenue  Code of 1986, as  amended
(the "Code"), regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions now in effect, all of
which  are subject to change. As used herein,  a "U.S. Holder" of a Note means a
holder that  is a  citizen or  resident  of the  United States,  a  corporation,
partnership  or other entity  created or organized  in or under  the laws of the
United States or any  political subdivision thereof, or  an estate or trust  the
income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its
source. A Non-U.S. Holder is a holder other than a U.S. Holder.
    
 
   
    INTEREST  INCOME.  Interest payments on a  Note will be includable in a U.S.
Holder's gross income as ordinary interest  income in accordance with such  U.S.
Holder's  regular method  of accounting  for tax  purposes. For  cash basis U.S.
Holders, such payments will be includable in income when received (or when  made
available  for  receipt,  if  earlier). For  accrual  basis  U.S.  Holders, such
payments will be includable in income when all events necessary to establish the
right to receive such payments have occurred.
    
 
   
    GAIN OR LOSS ON SALE OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.  If a Note is sold, exchanged  or
otherwise  disposed of  (including by reason  of redemption  or retirement), the
disposing U.S. Holder  will recognize gain  or loss  in an amount  equal to  the
difference  between the  amount realized  on the sale  or exchange  and the U.S.
Holder's adjusted basis in the Note. A U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in a Note
will generally be equal to such U.S.  Holder's cost of the Note. Subject to  the
discussion of market discount below, any gain or loss on the sale or exchange of
a Note will be capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a capital asset. Any
capital  gain or  loss recognized  on the  sale or  exchange of  a Note  will be
long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held for more than one year as of
the time of  its disposition. Under  current law, net  capital gains of  certain
non-corporate  taxpayers are, under certain  circumstances, taxed at lower rates
than items of ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to
limitations.
    
 
   
    MARKET DISCOUNT.  A  U.S. Holder of  a Note will be  subject to the  "market
discount"  rules of the Code if such U.S. Holder acquires a Note that has a term
of more than one year from its issue  date at a market discount that is  greater
than  the DE  MINIMIS amount described  below. In general,  market discount will
equal the excess (if any) of the Note's stated redemption price at maturity over
the price paid for the Note. Under the  DE MINIMIS rule, if such excess is  less
than  0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity of the Note multiplied by
the number  of  complete years  to  maturity  remaining after  the  U.S.  Holder
acquired the Note, market discount is deemed to be zero.
    
 
   
    A  U.S.  Holder  of a  Note  containing  market discount  generally  will be
required to treat any gain realized on the sale or exchange (including by reason
of redemption or retirement) of a Note as ordinary interest income to the extent
of the market  discount that  has accrued  on a  straight-line basis  (or on  an
economic  accrual basis, if such  basis of accrual has  been properly elected by
the U.S. Holder under Section  1276(b) of the Code) while  the Note was held  by
such  U.S. Holder and that  has not previously been  included in income. If such
Note  is  disposed  of  in  a  nontaxable  transaction  (other  than   specified
nonrecognition  transactions),  accrued market  discount  will be  includable as
ordinary income to the U.S. Holder as if  such U.S. Holder has sold the Note  at
its then fair market value. The Notes provide that they may be redeemed prior to
maturity under certain circumstances. If the Notes were redeemed in part, a U.S.
Holder  with market discount  would be required  to include in  gross income (as
ordinary income) the portion  of the principal  payment attributable to  accrued
market discount on the Notes. The market discount rules also provide that a U.S.
Holder  who acquires a Note at a market discount may be required to defer of all
or a portion of  the interest expense  that may otherwise  be deductible on  any
indebtedness   incurred   or  maintained   to  purchase   or  carry   such  Note
    
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
   
until the  U.S. Holder  disposes of  the Note  in a  taxable transaction.  Under
Section  1278(b) of the Code, a U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount
in income  constantly as  it accrues,  in which  case the  rule described  above
regarding  deferral  of interest  deductions will  not  apply. This  election to
include market discount in  income currently, once made,  applies to all  market
discount  obligations acquired on or  after the first taxable  year to which the
election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
    
 
   
    NON-U.S. HOLDERS.  If interest paid (or accrued) to a Non-U.S. Holder is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the  United
States  by  the  Non-U.S.  Holder, the  interest  generally  will  be considered
"portfolio interest," and generally will not be subject to United States federal
income tax and withholding  tax if the  Non-U.S. Holder (i)  is not actually  or
constructively  a "10 percent shareholder" of  the Company within the meaning of
section 871(h)  of  the Code  and  the regulations  thereunder,  (ii) is  not  a
"controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the Company is a "related
person"  within  the meaning  of  the Code,  and  (iii) satisfies  the statement
requirement in section  871(h)(5) and  881(c) of  the Code  and the  regulations
thereunder.  Pursuant to current temporary  Treasury regulations, such statement
requirement will generally be  met if the beneficial  owner provides the  person
otherwise  required  to  withhold  U.S. tax  with  an  appropriate  statement on
Internal Revenue  Service Form  W-8 or  an appropriate  substitute form,  signed
under  penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of the Note is
not a U.S. person and providing the  Non-U.S. Holder's name and address. If  the
information  provided  in the  statement changes,  the  Non-U.S. Holder  must so
inform the person otherwise required to withhold U.S. tax within 30 days of such
change. The statement generally must be provided in the year a payment occurs or
in either of the  two preceding years.  If a Note is  held through a  securities
clearing  organization or certain other financial institutions, the organization
or institution may provide a signed statement to the withholding agent. However,
in that case, the signed statement  from the financial institution must  certify
that  the financial  institution or a  financial institution between  it and the
beneficial owner has received a Form W-8 or substitute form from the  beneficial
owner  and must provide a  copy of such Form W-8  or substitute form provided by
the Non-U.S.  Holder that  owns the  Note.  If such  interest is  not  portfolio
interest,  then it will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of
30%, unless reduced  or eliminated  pursuant to  an applicable  tax treaty;  for
example, holders who are residents of Canada and entitled to the benefits of the
U.S.-Canada  income tax treaty may be subject  to a reduced rate of U.S. federal
withholding tax (generally  10%) on interest  paid or accrued  on Notes.  Unless
certain  documentary certification requirements, including the proper and timely
filing of  an  Internal Revenue  Service  Form  1001 (or  successor  form),  are
satisfied,  however, such payments will  be subject to withholding  at a rate of
30%.
    
 
   
    Any capital  gain realized  on  the sale,  redemption, retirement  or  other
taxable  disposition of a Note  by a Non-U.S. Holder  will be exempt from United
States federal income  and withholding tax,  provided that (i)  the gain is  not
effectively  connected with  the conduct  of a trade  or business  in the United
States by the Non-U.S.  Holder and (ii)  in the case  of an individual  Non-U.S.
Holder,  the Non-U.S. Holder is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
    
 
   
    If the interest,  gain or  income on  a Note held  by a  Non-U.S. Holder  is
effectively  connected with  the conduct  of a trade  or business  in the United
States by the Non-U.S. Holder (although exempt from the tax previously discussed
and, if the holder provides a  properly completed Internal Revenue Service  Form
4224  (or  successor form)  exempt  from withholding  of  such tax),  the holder
generally will be subject to United  States federal income tax on the  interest,
gain  or income at regular United States  federal income tax rates. In addition,
if the Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign  corporation, it may be subject to a  branch
profits  tax equal  to 30% of  its "effectively connected  earnings and profits"
within the meaning  of the Code  for the taxable  year, subject to  adjustments,
unless  it  qualifies for  a  lower rate  under  an applicable  tax  treaty; for
example, under  the U.S.-Canada  income  tax treaty,  the  rate of  U.S.  branch
profits  tax to which corporate residents of Canada are subject is reduced to 6%
for 1996 and 5% thereafter if  such residents comply with certain  certification
requirements.
    
 
   
    Proposed withholding regulations ("Withholding Proposals") issued by the IRS
were published in the Federal Register on April 22, 1996. If and when finalized,
the   Withholding  Proposals  would  substantially  modify  the  existing  rules
summarized above for the withholding of U.S. tax on payments of certain kinds of
income (including  interest paid  by  U.S. obligors)  to Non-U.S.  Holders.  The
Withholding Proposals would, if
    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
   
finalized  in their current  form and upon  becoming effective, make significant
changes to certain  of the procedures  and certification requirements  described
above  in order to secure a reduction in, or an exemption from, U.S. withholding
tax otherwise due with respect to payments to holders who are Non-U.S.  Holders.
Subject  to  certain  exceptions and  transition  rules, if  finalized  in their
current form  the Withholding  Proposals would  be effective  for payments  made
after  December 31, 1997, regardless  of the date of  issuance of the instrument
with respect to which those  payments are made. There  can be no assurance  that
the  Withholding  Proposals will  be finalized  (whether  before or  after their
proposed effective  date) or,  if they  are  finalized, that  they will  not  be
materially  modified  from  their  current  form.  Prospective  holders  who are
Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the
possible impact of the Withholding Proposals on their particular situations.
    
 
   
    INFORMATION REPORTING  AND  BACKUP  WITHHOLDING.   In  general,  information
reporting requirements will apply to certain payments of principal, interest and
premium  paid on Notes  and to the  proceeds of sale  of a Note  paid to holders
other than  certain  exempt recipients  (such  as corporations).  A  31%  backup
withholding  tax will apply  to such payments  if the holder  fails to provide a
taxpayer identification  number  or certification  of  foreign or  other  exempt
status upon request or fails to report in full dividend and interest income.
    
 
   
    Generally,  no information reporting or  backup withholding will be required
with respect to payments  made by the  Company or any  paying agent to  Non-U.S.
Holders  if a statement described in the first sentence under "Non-U.S. Holders"
has been  received  and  the payor  does  not  have actual  knowledge  that  the
beneficial owner is a United States person.
    
 
    Any  amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
holder will be allowed as a refund or credit against such holder's United States
federal income tax, provided that the  required information is furnished to  the
Internal Revenue Service.
 
   
    The Withholding Proposals would, if finalized in their current form and upon
becoming  effective,  modify  the  foregoing  information  reporting  and backup
withholding rules  referred to  above to  conform them  generally to  the  rules
proposed therein with respect to withholding of United States federal income tax
on  certain payments to  Non-U.S. Holders. Prospective  holders who are Non-U.S.
Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the possible
impact of the Withholding Proposals on their particular situations.
    
 
   
    THE FOREGOING  DISCUSSION DOES  NOT DISCUSS  ALL ASPECTS  OF FEDERAL  INCOME
TAXATION  THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER IN LIGHT OF ITS INDIVIDUAL
INVESTMENT CIRCUMSTANCES  OR TO  CERTAIN  TYPES OF  HOLDERS SUBJECT  TO  SPECIAL
TREATMENT  UNDER THE FEDERAL  INCOME TAX LAWS, NOR  DOES SUCH DISCUSSION ADDRESS
ANY ASPECTS OF  STATE, LOCAL, OR  FOREIGN TAX LAWS  OR OF ANY  FEDERAL TAX  LAWS
OTHER THAN THE INCOME TAX LAWS. ACCORDINGLY, PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO
CONSULT  THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF
THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION  OF NOTES, INCLUDING THE  APPLICATION
OF FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND POSSIBLE FUTURE CHANGES
IN SUCH TAX LAWS.
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    Under  the terms and subject to  the conditions contained in an Underwriting
Agreement dated                , 1996 (the  "Underwriting Agreement") among  the
Company,  CS First Boston Corporation, Salomon Brothers Inc, NationsBanc Capital
Markets, Inc. and Robertson,  Stephens & Company  LLC (the "Underwriters"),  the
Underwriters  have severally but not jointly agreed to purchase from the Company
the following respective principal amounts of the Notes.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Principal
                                   Underwriter                                        Amount
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
CS First Boston Corporation.......................................................  $
Salomon Brothers Inc..............................................................
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc..................................................
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC.................................................
                                                                                    ----------
  Total...........................................................................  $
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
   
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain  conditions precedent and that  the Underwriters will  be
obligated  to purchase  all the  Notes, if  any are  purchased. The Underwriting
Agreement provides that, in the event of a default by an Underwriter, in certain
circumstances the  purchase commitments  of non-defaulting  Underwriters may  be
increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
    
 
    The  Company has  been advised  that the  Underwriters propose  to offer the
Notes to the  public initially at  the public  offering price set  forth on  the
cover  page  of this  Prospectus and  to certain  dealers at  such price  less a
concession of     % of  the principal amount per Note, and the Underwriters  and
such  dealers may allow a discount of     % of such principal amount per Note on
sales to certain other  dealers. After the initial  public offering, the  public
offering  price and  concession and  discount to dealers  may be  changed by the
Underwriters.
 
   
    The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute
to payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
    
 
    The  Notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market.
The Underwriters have  advised the  Company that they  intend to  act as  market
makers  for the Notes. However, the Underwriters  are not obligated to do so and
may discontinue any market making at  any time without notice. No assurance  can
be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the Notes.
 
    NationsBank  of Texas,  N.A., an  affiliate of  NationsBanc Capital Markets,
Inc., is the agent and lender under  the Credit Agreement and, as such, will  be
receiving  more  than 10%  of  the net  proceeds of  the  Offering. See  "Use of
Proceeds". Accordingly,  the  Offering is  being  made in  accordance  with  the
requirements of Section 44(c)(8) of Article III of the Rules of Fair Practice of
the  National Association  of Securities Dealers,  Inc. (the  "NASD"). This rule
provides generally that if more  than 10% of the net  proceeds from the sale  of
debt  securities,  not  including  underwriting  compensation,  is  paid  to the
underwriters of  such debt  securities or  their affiliates,  the yield  on  the
securities  may not be  lower than that recommended  by a "qualified independent
underwriter" meeting certain standards. Accordingly, CS First Boston Corporation
is  assuming  the  responsibility  of   acting  as  the  qualified   independent
underwriter  in pricing the offering and  conducting due diligence. The yield on
the Notes, when sold to the public at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this  Prospectus, is no  lower than that  recommended by CS  First
Boston  Corporation. In addition, CS First Boston Corporation and certain of its
affiliates have provided from time to time, and expect to provide in the future,
investment and commercial  banking services to  the Company and  certain of  its
affiliates.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
RESALE RESTRICTIONS
 
    The  distribution of  the Notes in  Canada is  being made only  on a private
placement basis exempt from the requirement that the Company prepare and file  a
prospectus  with the  securities regulatory  authorities in  each province where
trades of Notes  are effected. Accordingly,  any resale of  the Notes in  Canada
must  be  made in  accordance with  applicable securities  laws which  will vary
depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made
in accordance with available statutory exemptions or pursuant to a discretionary
exemption granted by  the applicable Canadian  securities regulatory  authority.
Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the Notes.
 
REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASERS
 
    Each  purchaser of Notes in Canada who receives a purchase confirmation will
be deemed to represent  to the Company  and the dealer  from whom such  purchase
confirmation  is received that  (i) such purchaser  is entitled under applicable
provincial securities  laws to  purchase such  Notes without  the benefit  of  a
prospectus  qualified under  such securities laws,  (ii) where  required by law,
such purchaser  is purchasing  as principal  and not  as agent,  and (iii)  such
purchaser has reviewed the text above under "-- Resale Restrictions."
 
RIGHTS OF ACTION AND ENFORCEMENT
 
    The  securities  being offered  are those  of a  foreign issuer  and Ontario
purchasers will  not  receive the  contractual  right of  action  prescribed  by
section  32 of the Regulation  under the SECURITIES ACT  (Ontario). As a result,
Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available,  including
common  law rights of action for damages or rescission or rights of action under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
 
    All of the  Company's directors and  officers as well  as the experts  named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible
for  Ontario  purchasers to  effect service  of process  within Canada  upon the
Company or such  persons. All  or a  substantial portion  of the  assets of  the
Company  and such persons may be located outside  of Canada and, as a result, it
may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against the Company or such persons in
Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against such Company
or persons outside of Canada.
 
NOTICE TO BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS
 
    A purchaser of Notes to whom  the SECURITIES ACT (British Columbia)  applies
is  advised that such  purchaser is required  to file with  the British Columbia
Securities Commission a report within ten days of the sale of any Notes acquired
by such purchaser  pursuant to the  Offering. Such  report must be  in the  form
attached to British Columbia Securities Blanket Order BOR #88/5, a copy of which
may  be obtained from the Company. Only one such report must be filed in respect
of Notes acquired on the same date and under the same prospectus exemption.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Notes offered hereby and the issuance thereof have  been
passed  upon  for the  Company by  Jones,  Day, Reavis  & Pogue,  Dallas, Texas.
Michael C. French, a consultant to Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, is a director  of
the Company. Certain legal matters have been passed upon for the Underwriters by
Simpson   Thacher  &   Bartlett  (a  partnership   which  includes  professional
corporations), New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial  statements of Michaels  Stores, Inc. at  January
28,  1996 and January  29, 1995, and for  each of the three  years in the period
ended January 28, 1996, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement,
have been audited by Ernst  & Young LLP, independent  auditors, as set forth  in
their  report thereon appearing  elsewhere herein, and  are included in reliance
upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in  accounting
and auditing.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Auditors.............................................................................         F-2
 
Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 29, 1995 and January 28, 1996..................................         F-3
 
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the 1993, 1994 and 1995 Fiscal Years...........................         F-4
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 1993, 1994 and 1995 Fiscal Years...........................         F-5
 
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the 1993, 1994 and 1995 Fiscal Years.................         F-6
 
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................         F-7
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Michaels Stores, Inc.
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of Michaels
Stores, Inc.  as of  January 28,  1996 and  January 29,  1995, and  the  related
consolidated  statements of operations, cash flows, and shareholders' equity for
each of the three years  in the period ended  January 28, 1996. These  financial
statements   are   the   responsibility  of   the   Company's   management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly, in  all material  respects, the financial  position of  Michaels
Stores,  Inc. at January 28,  1996 and January 29, 1995,  and the results of its
operations and its cash flows  for each of the three  years in the period  ended
January 28, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                    Ernst & Young LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
March 6, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JANUARY 29,  JANUARY 28,
                                                                                             1995         1996
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and equivalents..................................................................   $   1,907    $   2,870
  Marketable securities.................................................................      15,002       --
  Merchandise inventories...............................................................     375,096      366,102
  Income taxes receivable and deferred income taxes.....................................      15,002       35,177
  Prepaid expenses and other............................................................      11,525       12,143
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total current assets................................................................     418,532      416,292
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST.........................................................     204,032      255,386
  Less accumulated depreciation.........................................................     (62,228)     (82,157)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                             141,804      173,229
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
COSTS IN EXCESS OF NET ASSETS OF ACQUIRED OPERATIONS, NET...............................     117,377      143,721
OTHER ASSETS............................................................................       8,313        6,538
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                             125,690      150,259
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                           $ 686,026    $ 739,780
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable......................................................................   $ 103,649    $  98,799
  Accrued liabilities and other.........................................................      82,441       88,510
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total current liabilities...........................................................     186,090      187,309
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
BANK DEBT...............................................................................      41,100       87,200
CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES..........................................................      96,950       96,940
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES.............................................................       5,969       32,378
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total long-term liabilities.........................................................     144,019      216,518
                                                                                             330,109      403,827
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, $.10 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized, none issued.............      --           --
  Common stock, $.10 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 21,504,110 issued and
   outstanding (21,354,167 in fiscal 1994)..............................................       2,135        2,150
  Additional paid-in capital............................................................     244,561      243,325
  Retained earnings.....................................................................     109,221       90,478
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity..........................................................     355,917      335,953
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                           $ 686,026    $ 739,780
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         FISCAL YEAR
                                                                             ------------------------------------
                                                                                1993        1994         1995
                                                                             ----------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
NET SALES..................................................................  $  619,688  $  994,563  $  1,294,886
                                                                             ----------  ----------  ------------
Cost of sales and occupancy expense........................................     403,869     644,737       936,537
Selling, general and administrative expense................................     174,463     278,716       373,395
Store closing and conversion costs.........................................      --           7,074       --
                                                                             ----------  ----------  ------------
OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME....................................................      41,356      64,036       (15,046)
Interest expense...........................................................       6,378       9,103        16,841
Other expense and (income), net............................................      (7,666)     (2,226)        2,952
                                                                             ----------  ----------  ------------
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES..........................................      42,644      57,159       (34,839)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes.......................................      16,357      21,512       (14,422)
                                                                             ----------  ----------  ------------
NET (LOSS) INCOME..........................................................  $   26,287  $   35,647  $    (20,417)
                                                                             ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                             ----------  ----------  ------------
(LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE:
  Primary..................................................................  $     1.53  $     1.77  $      (0.95)
  Assuming full dilution...................................................  $     1.52  $     1.76  $      (0.95)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARES OUTSTANDING:
  Primary..................................................................      17,231      20,146        21,517
  Assuming full dilution...................................................      19,809      20,807        21,517
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FISCAL YEAR
                                                                               -----------------------------------
                                                                                  1993        1994         1995
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net (loss) income..........................................................  $   26,287  $    35,647  $  (20,417)
  Adjustments:
    Depreciation and amortization............................................      12,490       21,512      30,928
    Other....................................................................      (3,537)        (501)        943
    Change in assets and liabilities excluding the effects of acquisitions:
      Merchandise inventories................................................     (87,885)    (134,671)     13,406
      Prepaid expenses and other.............................................      (6,358)       5,747      (1,534)
      Deferred income taxes and other........................................        (611)       7,276     (11,188)
      Accounts payable.......................................................      11,545       37,065      (6,585)
      Income taxes payable...................................................       3,304       (8,363)     --
      Accrued liabilities and other..........................................      15,830       (1,979)      3,695
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
        Net change in assets and liabilities.................................     (64,175)     (94,925)     (2,206)
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..................     (28,935)     (38,267)      9,248
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions to property and equipment........................................     (46,816)     (68,106)    (54,906)
  Net proceeds from sales of property and equipment..........................      --          --            3,159
  Net proceeds from sales of marketable securities...........................      17,807       44,484      18,860
  Acquisitions and other.....................................................      --          (43,685)    (24,909)
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
        Net cash used in investing activities................................     (29,009)     (67,307)    (57,796)
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net borrowings under bank credit facilities................................      13,000       28,100      46,100
  Payment of other long-term liabilities.....................................        (115)         (89)       (891)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.....................................       3,851       78,603       4,302
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
        Net cash provided by financing activities............................      16,736      106,614      49,511
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS..............................     (41,208)       1,040         963
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR....................................      42,075          867       1,907
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR..........................................  $      867  $     1,907  $    2,870
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  -----------  ----------
Cash payments (receipts) for:
  Interest...................................................................  $    5,034  $     7,166  $   15,236
  Income taxes...............................................................      11,620       17,753      (2,155)
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                   FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 28, 1996
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 ADDITIONAL
                                                       NUMBER OF      COMMON      PAID-IN     RETAINED
                                                         SHARES        STOCK      CAPITAL     EARNINGS     TOTAL
                                                      ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1993.........................    16,474,330   $   1,647   $  103,340  $   50,290  $  155,277
  Exercise of stock options, net....................       223,027          23        3,828      --           3,851
  Net income........................................       --           --           --          26,287      26,287
                                                      ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 30, 1994.........................    16,697,357       1,670      107,168      76,577     185,415
  Adjustment for pooling-of-interests accounting in
   an acquisition...................................       --           --           --          (1,157)     (1,157)
  Issuance of shares in acquisitions................     1,992,268         199       58,257      --          58,456
  Proceeds from stock offering......................     2,353,432         235       71,980      --          72,215
  Adjustment for change in market value of
   marketable securities............................       --           --           --          (1,514)     (1,514)
  Exercise of stock options and other...............       311,110          31        7,156        (332)      6,855
  Net income........................................       --           --           --          35,647      35,647
                                                      ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 29, 1995.........................    21,354,167       2,135      244,561     109,221     355,917
  Retirement of shares reacquired...................      (170,025)        (17)      (5,516)     --          (5,533)
  Adjustment for change in market value of
   marketable securities............................       --           --           --           1,514       1,514
  Exercise of stock options and other...............       319,968          32        4,280         160       4,472
  Net loss..........................................       --           --           --         (20,417)    (20,417)
                                                      ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 28, 1996.........................    21,504,110   $   2,150   $  243,325  $   90,478  $  335,953
                                                      ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                      ------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    Michaels Stores, Inc. (the "Company") owns and operates a chain of specialty
retail  stores  featuring  creative craft  products  and home  decor  items. The
Company operates nationwide and also has stores in Canada and Puerto Rico.
 
FISCAL YEAR END
 
    The Company reports  on a 52/53-week  fiscal year which  ends on the  Sunday
closest  to January  31; thus,  fiscal 1995  ("1995"), fiscal  1994 ("1994") and
fiscal 1993 ("1993"), ended  on January 28, 1996,  January 29, 1995 and  January
30, 1994, respectively.
 
CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  consolidated financial statements  include the accounts  of the Company
and all wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany  accounts
and transactions have been eliminated.
 
ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles  requires  the Company  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect  the amounts reported  in the  financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    Marketable securities  are carried  at fair  value, based  on quoted  market
prices  or  dealer  quotes  as of  the  last  trading day  of  the  fiscal year.
Marketable securities held by the Company at January 29, 1995 were classified as
available-for-sale securities. Net realized gains (losses), dividend income, and
interest  income  were:   $(2.9)  million,  $0.5   million  and  $0.1   million,
respectively,   for  1995;  $0.1   million,  $1.0  million   and  $0.3  million,
respectively, for  1994;  and  $4.1  million, $4.0  million  and  $1.5  million,
respectively, for 1993.
 
MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES
 
    Store  merchandise  inventories  are valued  at  the lower  of  average cost
(determined by a retail method)  or market. Distribution center inventories  are
valued  at the lower of  cost (determined by the  first-in, first-out method) or
market.
 
    During 1995 the Company implemented an inventory SKU reduction program which
resulted in charges of approximately $64.4 million primarily associated with the
retail markdown of inventories.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated  useful
lives of the assets.
 
COSTS IN EXCESS OF NET ASSETS OF ACQUIRED OPERATIONS
 
    Costs  in excess  of net assets  of acquired operations  are being amortized
over 40 years on a straight-line basis. Accumulated amortization was $10,532,000
and $7,295,000  as  of the  end  of 1995  and  1994, respectively.  The  Company
assesses  the recoverability of costs in  excess of net assets acquired annually
based  on  existing   facts  and   circumstances.  The   Company  measures   the
recoverability  of this asset  on an on-going basis  based on projected earnings
before interest, depreciation and amortization, on an undiscounted basis. Should
the Company's assessment indicate an impairment of this asset in the future,  an
appropriate write-down will be recorded.
 
INTEREST-RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Company enters into interest-rate swap  agreements from time to time to
modify the interest characteristics of its outstanding debt from a floating rate
to a fixed basis. These agreements involve the receipt of fixed rate amounts  in
exchange  for floating  rate interest  payments over  the life  of the agreement
without an exchange of the underlying  principal amount. The differential to  be
paid  or  received is  accrued as  interest  rates change  and recognized  as an
adjustment to interest expense related to the debt.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
    Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the advertising  first
occurs.  In 1995, 1994  and 1993, the  Company incurred $62,696,000, $47,089,000
and $29,227,000, respectively, of advertising expense.
 
STORE PRE-OPENING COSTS
 
    Store pre-opening costs are expensed in  the fiscal year in which the  store
opens.  In 1995, 1994 and 1993,  the Company incurred $7,466,000, $6,541,000 and
$4,893,000, respectively, of store pre-opening costs.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per share data are based  on the weighted average number of  shares
outstanding,  including common stock equivalents  and other dilutive securities.
The assumed conversion of  the convertible subordinated  notes was dilutive  for
the  fourth  quarter and  full  year of  both 1993  and  1994 and  was therefore
included in the calculation of fully  diluted earnings per share data for  those
periods.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    The  Company  accounts for  its  stock compensation  arrangements  under the
provisions of APB 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and intends to
continue to do so.
 
    In the first quarter  of fiscal 1996  the Company will  adopt SFAS No.  121,
"Accounting  for  the  Impairment of  Long-Lived  Assets." The  adoption  is not
expected to  have a  material  effect on  the  Company's financial  position  or
results of operations.
 
DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994        1995
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>
Property and equipment:
  Land and buildings............................................................  $    7,640  $    3,284
  Fixtures and equipment........................................................     145,253     183,545
  Leasehold improvements........................................................      51,139      68,557
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  $  204,032  $  255,386
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
Accrued liabilities and other:
  Salaries, bonuses and other payroll-related costs.............................  $   21,527  $   29,467
  Rent..........................................................................      16,524       8,237
  Taxes, other than income and payroll..........................................      13,344      15,439
  Other.........................................................................      31,046      35,367
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  $   82,441  $   88,510
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
DEBT
 
    In   January  1993,  the  Company   issued  $97.75  million  of  convertible
subordinated notes  ("Subordinated  Notes")  due  January  15,  2003.  Interest,
payable  semi-annually on January  15 and July  15, was computed  at the rate of
4 3/4% from the date of issuance to January 15, 1996, and at 6 3/4%  thereafter.
Interest  expense is accrued by the Company  based on an effective interest rate
of 6.38% (including amortization of deferred issuance costs) over the full  term
of  the Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated  Notes are redeemable at the option
of  the  Company  at  redemption  prices  ranging  from  104.14%  to  100%.  The
Subordinated  Notes are not entitled to any sinking fund. The Subordinated Notes
are convertible into  the Company's common  stock at any  time, at a  conversion
price of $38 per share. A total of 2,551,053 shares of common stock are reserved
for  conversion.  During  1994  and  1995,  a  total  of  $800,000  and $10,000,
respectively, in  Subordinated Notes  were  converted to  21,315 shares  of  the
Company's  common  stock.  The  fair  value,  based  on  dealer  quotes,  of the
outstanding Subordinated Notes as of January  28, 1996 and January 29, 1995  was
$76.0 million and $98.6 million, respectively.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The  Company has a bank credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") which includes
an unsecured line of credit and provides for the issuance of commercial  letters
of  credit. Borrowings under  the Credit Agreement, which  expires in June 1998,
were $87.2 million and $41.1 million at  January 28, 1996 and January 29,  1995,
respectively.  The weighted  average interest  rates for  outstanding borrowings
were 7.3% and  7.7% during  1995 and  1994, respectively.  Borrowings under  the
Credit  Agreement are  limited to  the lesser of  $200 million  or the Company's
borrowing base (as defined  in the Credit Agreement,  $183.1 million at  January
28,  1996)  in either  case  minus the  aggregate  amount of  letters  of credit
outstanding. The  Credit  Agreement requires  the  Company to  maintain  various
financial  ratios and restricts the Company's ability to pay dividends. On March
4, 1996, the Credit Agreement was amended to provide, among other things, for  a
waiver of the fixed charges coverage ratio for the fourth quarter of 1995.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred  income taxes reflect the net  tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of  assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
deferred tax liabilities and assets as of the respective year-end balance sheets
are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1994       1995
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Tax inventory in excess of book inventory.......................................  $     748  $   3,100
  Accrued expenses not deductible until paid......................................     11,114     13,529
  Net operating loss and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.............      2,687     10,390
  Other -- net....................................................................      1,582      2,295
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax assets.....................................................     16,131     29,314
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets.....................................     --         (5,077)
    Net deferred tax assets.......................................................     16,131     24,237
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax over book depreciation/amortization.........................................      3,546     12,885
  Other -- net....................................................................      2,313      4,608
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax liabilities................................................      5,859     17,493
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax assets...........................................................  $  10,272  $   6,744
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1993       1994        1995
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Income tax (benefit) provision:
Federal:
  Current.............................................................  $  14,249  $   6,103  $  (18,202)
  Deferred............................................................        147     14,090       9,749
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
Total federal.........................................................     14,396     20,193      (8,453)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
State:
  Current.............................................................      1,961      1,319      (5,089)
  Deferred............................................................     --         --            (880)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
Total state...........................................................      1,961      1,319      (5,969)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                        $  16,357  $  21,512  $  (14,422)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1993       1994        1995
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Reconciliation of income tax provision to statutory rate:
Income tax (benefit) expense at statutory rate........................  $  14,925  $  20,005  $  (12,194)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect..................      1,275        858      (3,879)
Amortization of intangibles and other.................................        157        649       1,651
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                        $  16,357  $  21,512  $  (14,422)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    At  January 28, 1996, the  Company had federal and  state net operating loss
and tax  credit  carryforwards of  $10,390,000  of which  $8,590,000  expire  at
various  dates between 1998 and 2011.  When realized, the tax benefit associated
with $4,501,000 of such carryforwards will be applied to reduce goodwill.
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
COMMITMENTS
 
    The Company operates stores and uses distribution centers, office facilities
and equipment  generally  leased  under  noncancellable  operating  leases,  the
majority  of which provide  for renewal options. Future  minimum rentals for all
noncancellable operating leases as of January 28, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------       RENT
                                                                      --------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>
1996................................................................   $     89,582
1997................................................................         85,419
1998................................................................         77,259
1999................................................................         67,433
2000................................................................         56,895
2001 and thereafter.................................................        190,901
                                                                      --------------
                                                                       $    567,489
                                                                      --------------
                                                                      --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Rental expense applicable to  operating leases was $81,036,000,  $56,181,000
and $33,551,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    The   Company  has  entered  into  operating  leases  for  two  distribution
facilities that require that the Company guarantee payment of the residual value
of the property to the lessor at the  end of each lease. As of January 28,  1996
the guaranteed residual value of assets subject to these leases was $8,439,000.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
CONTINGENCIES
 
    In  August 1995, two lawsuits were filed by certain security holders against
the Company and certain present and former officers and directors seeking  class
action  status on  behalf of  purchasers of  the Company's  Common Stock between
February 1, 1995 and August 23, 1995. Among other things, the plaintiffs  allege
that  misstatements  and  omissions  by  defendants  relating  to  projected and
historical operating results, inventory and other matters involving future plans
resulted in  an inflation  of the  prices  of the  Company's Common  Stock.  The
plaintiffs  seek  on behalf  of  the purported  class  an unspecified  amount of
compensatory damages and  reimbursement for the  plaintiffs' fees and  expenses.
The United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas consolidated
the two lawsuits on November 16, 1995. The Company and the individual defendants
have  filed a motion  to dismiss the consolidated,  amended complaint. The court
has not yet ruled on this motion. Discovery related to both class  certification
issues  and  the  merits  of  the plaintiffs'  claims  has  been  stayed pending
resolution of the defendants' motion to dismiss. The Company believes the claims
are without merit and intends to vigorously defend this action.
 
    The Company is a defendant from time  to time in lawsuits incidental to  its
business.  Based on currently  available information, the  Company believes that
resolution of all known contingencies, including the security holder  litigation
described  above,  would not  have a  material adverse  impact on  the Company's
financial position. However, there can be  no assurance that future costs  would
not  be material to results of operations of the Company for a particular future
period. In addition,  the Company's  estimates of  future costs  are subject  to
change  as events evolve and additional information becomes available during the
course of litigation.
 
    Standby letters  of  credit relating  to  workers compensation  and  general
liability insurance coverages aggregated $6.5 million as of January 28, 1996.
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
    All  full-time employees are eligible to participate in the Michaels Stores,
Inc. Key Employee Stock Compensation Program (the "Program"), as amended,  under
which 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock have been authorized for issuance. Select
employees  and key advisors, including directors, of the Company may participate
in the 1992 and 1994 Non-Statutory  Stock Option Plans of Michaels Stores,  Inc.
(the "Plans"), with an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock having been
authorized  for issuance under  the Plans. In addition,  stock options have been
granted to certain directors and key advisors other than pursuant to the Program
or the Plans.  The exercise price  of all  options granted was  the fair  market
value on the date of grant.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          EXERCISE PRICE
                                                                               SHARES       PER SHARE
                                                                             ----------  ----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>
Exercised during 1993.....................................................      223,027     $3  to $27
Exercised during 1994.....................................................      308,424  $3  to $27 7/8
                                                                                             $8 7/8 to
Exercised during 1995.....................................................      319,705        $32 1/4
Outstanding at January 28, 1996...........................................    4,067,316     $3  to $17
Exercisable at January 28, 1996                                                 575,335  $3  to $16 3/4
</TABLE>
 
ACQUISITIONS
 
    In February 1994, the Company acquired Treasure House Stores, Inc. ("THSI"),
for  280,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock in a transaction accounted for
as a pooling-of-interests. The  transaction was not  considered material to  the
Company's  sales, net  income or  financial position  of any  previous year, and
therefore the Company's financial statements were not restated.
 
    In April 1994, the Company  acquired the affiliated companies that  operated
the arts and crafts store chains of Oregon Craft & Floral Supply Co. ("OCF") and
H&H Craft & Floral Supply Co. ("H&H") for a
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
total of 455,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock valued at $18.5 million in
a  transaction accounted  for as  a purchase.  This transaction  resulted in the
Company recording an addition to goodwill in the amount of $22.3 million.
 
    Effective July 10,  1994, Michaels acquired  Leewards Creative Crafts,  Inc.
("Leewards"),  an arts and  crafts retailer with 98  stores located primarily in
the midwestern  and northeastern  United States.  The acquisition  consideration
consisted  of $7.9 million in cash and  1,257,279 shares of the Company's Common
Stock valued at $39.9  million. Upon consummation  of the Leewards  acquisition,
Michaels also repaid $39.6 million of Leewards' indebtedness. The cost in excess
of  the estimated fair value of net  assets acquired was recorded as goodwill in
the amount of $77.9 million.
 
    In  March  1995,  the  Company   purchased  Aaron  Brothers,  Inc.   ("Aaron
Brothers"),  which  operated  a chain  of  71  framing and  art  supplies stores
predominantly in California, for a purchase  price of $25 million consisting  of
approximately  $5.3 million in cash and the assumption of $19.7 million of debt.
The transaction was  accounted for  as a purchase  and resulted  in the  Company
recording an addition to goodwill in the amount of $26.7 million.
 
    The OCF, H&H, Leewards and Aaron Brothers transactions were accounted for as
purchases;  accordingly, the purchase  prices have been  allocated to assets and
liabilities based  on estimated  fair values  as of  the respective  acquisition
dates. The results of operations since the acquisition dates are included in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
    The  following pro  forma combined  net sales,  net income  and earnings per
share data summarize the results of operations for 1994 and 1993 as if  Leewards
had been acquired as of the beginning of 1993.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                             1993         1994
                                                                                          ----------  ------------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                             PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>         <C>
Net sales...............................................................................  $  780,302  $  1,050,173
                                                                                          ----------  ------------
                                                                                          ----------  ------------
Net income (1)..........................................................................  $   26,157  $     36,456
                                                                                          ----------  ------------
                                                                                          ----------  ------------
Earnings per share assuming full dilution (1)...........................................  $     1.41  $       1.71
                                                                                          ----------  ------------
                                                                                          ----------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes  a $7.1 million charge  ($4.4 million after tax  or $.21 per share)
    for store closing and conversion costs.
 
    The above pro forma data does not  include THSI, OCF, H&H or Aaron  Brothers
prior  to their  respective acquisition  dates since  the acquisitions  were not
considered material, individually or in the aggregate, to the operating  results
of the Company.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FIRST                       THIRD       FOURTH
                                                                QUARTER    SECOND QUARTER   QUARTER     QUARTER
                                                               ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>
1995:
Net sales....................................................  $  265,547  $   259,910     $  312,696  $  456,733
Cost of sales and occupancy expense..........................     172,043      230,133        208,736     325,625
Operating income (loss)......................................      15,420      (54,973)(1)     12,921      11,586
Net income (loss)............................................       7,557      (33,124)         3,006       2,144
Fully-diluted earnings (loss) per common share...............  $      .35  $     (1.55)    $      .14  $      .10
Weighted average shares outstanding -- assuming full
 dilution....................................................      21,845       21,413         21,337      21,475
1994:
Net sales....................................................  $  159,798  $   174,204     $  283,069  $  377,492
Cost of sales and occupancy expense..........................     103,511      111,237        187,566     242,423
Operating income.............................................       9,071        3,076         14,827      37,062
Net income...................................................       4,967          713(2)       7,813      22,154
Fully-diluted earnings per common share......................  $      .28  $       .04(2)  $      .36  $      .94
Weighted average shares outstanding -- assuming full
 dilution....................................................      17,856       18,845         21,930      24,577
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Includes  effect of an unusual pre-tax charge of $64.4 million for costs and
    expenses primarily associated with an inventory reduction program.
 
(2) Includes a one-time charge of  $4.4 million, net of  tax, or $.23 per  share
    for store closing and conversion costs.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  AND,
IF  GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY  OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES
NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE
SECURITIES OFFERED  HEREBY IN  ANY JURISDICTION  TO  ANY PERSON  TO WHOM  IT  IS
UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH  JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT
TO  THE DATE  HEREOF OR  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN THE  AFFAIRS OF THE
COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference.....................................           1
Available Information..........................           1
Prospectus Summary.............................           2
Risk Factors...................................          12
Use of Proceeds................................          15
Capitalization.................................          16
Selected Financial and Operating Data..........          17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          19
Business.......................................          24
Principal Shareholders and Management
 Ownership.....................................          32
Management.....................................          34
Description of Certain Indebtedness............          36
Description of the Notes.......................          39
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences........          63
Underwriting...................................          66
Notice to Canadian Residents...................          67
Legal Matters..................................          67
Experts........................................          67
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    UNTIL         ,  1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING),  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN  THE REGISTERED  SECURITIES, WHETHER  OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS   OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  $125,000,000
 
                              % Senior Notes Due 2006
 
     P R O S P E C T US
 
                                CS First Boston
                              Salomon Brothers Inc
                       NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
 
                         Robertson, Stephens & Company
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  estimated expenses to  be incurred in connection  with the issuance and
distribution of the Notes covered by  this Registration Statement, all of  which
will be paid by the Registrant, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Registration Fee..........................................................  $  45,000
Printing, Engraving and Filing Expenses...................................  $ 150,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses..............................................  $  70,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...................................................  $  75,000
Miscellaneous.............................................................  $  20,000
                                                                            ---------
Total.....................................................................  $ 360,000
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Section  145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law empowers a corporation
to indemnify its directors and officers  or former directors or officers and  to
purchase  insurance with respect  to liability arising out  of their capacity or
status  as  directors  and  officers.   Such  law  provides  further  that   the
indemnification  permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under a corporation's
certificate of incorporation, bylaws, any agreement or otherwise.
 
    Reference is made to Article Nine  of the Company's Restated Certificate  of
Incorporation,  as amended,  which appears as  Exhibit 3.2  to this Registration
Statement, which provides for indemnification of directors and officers.
 
    Reference is made to Article IX of the Company's amended Bylaws which appear
as  Exhibit   3.1   to  this   Registration   Statement,  which   provides   for
indemnification of directors and officers.
 
    In  addition, the Company has entered into Indemnity Agreements with certain
of its executive officers and directors.
 
    The Company has procured  insurance that purports (i)  to insure it  against
certain  costs of  indemnification that  may be incurred  by it  pursuant to the
provisions referred to above or otherwise  and (ii) to insure the directors  and
officers  of the  Company against  certain liabilities  incurred by  them in the
discharge of their functions  as directors and  officers except for  liabilities
arising from their own malfeasance.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be  permitted to  directors,  officers or  persons controlling  the  Company
pursuant  to the foregoing provisions, the Company  has been advised that in the
opinion of  the Commission  such  indemnification is  against public  policy  as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS.
 
    The following is a list of all exhibits filed as a part of this Registration
Statement on Form S-3, including those incorporated herein by reference.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
      1.1  Underwriting Agreement, dated         , 1996. (1)
 
      2.1  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 10, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc., LWA Acquisition
           Corporation and Leewards Creative Crafts, Inc. (2)
 
      2.2  First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 2, 1994 among Michaels Stores, Inc.,
           LWA Acquisition Corporation and Leewards Creative Crafts, Inc. (3)
 
      2.3  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Treasure House
           Stores, Inc. and the stockholders of Treasure House Stores, Inc. (4)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.4  Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement (4)
<C>        <S>
 
      2.5  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 3, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and the other
           parties listed therein. (2)
 
      2.6  Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 31, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc.
           and the other parties listed therein. (2)
 
      2.7  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1995, among Aaron Brothers Holdings, Inc., ABAM Investors
           Limited Partnership, and Michaels Stores, Inc. (5)
 
      4.1  Form of   % Senior Notes Due 2006 (included in Exhibit 4.2).
 
      4.2  Indenture, dated         , 1996. (1)
 
      4.3  Indenture, dated as of January 22, 1993, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.,
           as Trustee, including the form of 4 3/4%/6 3/4% Step-up Convertible Subordinated Note included therein.
           (6)
 
      5.1  Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue. (1)
 
     10.1  Credit Agreement dated April 29, 1994, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and NationsBank of Texas, N.A. (the
           "Credit Agreement")(7)
 
     10.2  First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated April 26, 1995.(5)
 
     10.3  Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 1, 1995.(8)
 
     10.4  Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 1996.(9)
 
     10.5  Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 4, 1996.(9)
 
     12.1  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
     15.1  Letter regarding unaudited interim financial information.(1)
 
     23.1  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
 
     23.2  Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue is contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto.
 
     24.1  Power of attorney (included on signature page of the Registrant's Form S-3 (No. 333-03331)).
 
     25.1  Statement of eligibility of trustee. (1)
 
     27.1  Financial Data Schedule. (1)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) To be filed by amendment.
 
(2) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
    Form S-3 (No. 33-53639) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(3)  Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
    10-Q for  the  quarter  ended  March 1,  1994  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
 
(4) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
    Form S-3 (No. 33-52311) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(5)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 29,  1995  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
 
   
(6)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 31,  1993  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
(7)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 30,  1994  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    
 
   
(8)  Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
    10-Q for  the  quarter  ended  July 30,  1995  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    
 
   
(9)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 28,  1996  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The   undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes   that,  for  purposes  of
determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  each  filing  of  the
registrant's  annual report  pursuant to Section  13(a) or Section  15(d) of the
Exchange Act that  is incorporated  by reference in  the Registration  Statement
shall  be deemed to be  a new registration statement  relating to the securities
offered therein,  and the  offering of  such securities  at that  time shall  be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the  opinion of the Commission such indemnification  is
against  public policy  as expressed  in the  Securities Act  and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In  the  event that  a  claim for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the  payment by the registrant  of expenses incurred or
paid by  a director,  officer or  controlling person  of the  registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy  as expressed  in the Securities  Act and  will be governed  by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities  Act
    of  1933, the information omitted from the  form of prospectus filed as part
    of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h)  under the  Securities Act  shall be  deemed to  be part  of  this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2)  For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus  shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at  that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
                                   SIGNATURES
    
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to  be  signed  on  its behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized in the City of Irving, State of Texas on the    day of May, 1996.
    
 
                                          MICHAELS STORES, INC.
 
                                          By: /s/ SAM WYLY
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name: Sam Wyly
                                              Title: Chairman of the Board
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>                                       <C>
                      SIGNATURES                                         TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------  ---------------
 
                     /s/ SAM WYLY                          Chairman of the Board of Directors      May 23, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                       Sam Wyly
 
               /s/ CHARLES J. WYLY, JR.                 Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors    May 23, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                 Charles J. Wyly, Jr.
 
                /s/ R. MICHAEL ROULEAU                     Chief Executive Officer (Principal      May 23, 1996
     -------------------------------------------                   Executive Officer)
                  R. Michael Rouleau
 
                  /s/ R. DON MORRIS                        Executive Vice President and Chief      May 23, 1996
     -------------------------------------------         Financial Officer (Principal Financial
                    R. Don Morris                               and Accounting Officer)
 
                                                                        Director                   May   , 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                     Evan A. Wyly
 
              /s/ DONALD R. MILLER, JR.                 Vice President-Marketing Development and   May 23, 1996
     -------------------------------------------                        Director
                Donald R. Miller, Jr.
 
                /s/ MICHAEL C. FRENCH                                   Director                   May 23, 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                  Michael C. French
 
                                                                        Director                   May   , 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                  Dr. F. Jay Taylor
 
                                                                        Director                   May   , 1996
     -------------------------------------------
                  Richard E. Hanlon
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
      1.1  Underwriting Agreement, dated         , 1996. (1)
 
      2.1  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 10, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc., LWA Acquisition
           Corporation and Leewards Creative Crafts, Inc. (2)
 
      2.2  First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 2, 1994 among Michaels Stores, Inc.,
           LWA Acquisition Corporation and Leewards Creative Crafts, Inc. (3)
 
      2.3  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Treasure House
           Stores, Inc. and the stockholders of Treasure House Stores, Inc. (4)
 
      2.4  Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement (4)
 
      2.5  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 3, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and the other
           parties listed therein. (2)
 
      2.6  Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 31, 1994, among Michaels Stores, Inc.
           and the other parties listed therein. (2)
 
      2.7  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1995, among Aaron Brothers Holdings, Inc., ABAM Investors
           Limited Partnership, and Michaels Stores, Inc. (5)
 
      4.1  Form of   % Senior Notes Due 2006 (included in Exhibit 4.2).
 
      4.2  Indenture, dated         , 1996. (1)
 
      4.3  Indenture, dated as of January 22, 1993, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.,
           as Trustee, including the form of 4 3/4%/6 3/4% Step-up Convertible Subordinated Note included therein.
           (6)
 
      5.1  Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue. (1)
 
     10.1  Credit Agreement dated April 29, 1994, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and NationsBank of Texas, N.A. (the
           "Credit Agreement")(7)
 
     10.2  First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated April 26, 1995.(5)
 
     10.3  Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 1, 1995.(8)
 
     10.4  Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 1996.(9)
 
     10.5  Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 4, 1996.(9)
 
     12.1  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
     15.1  Letter regarding unaudited interim financial information.(1)
 
     23.1  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
 
     23.2  Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue is contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto.
 
     24.1  Power of attorney (included on signature page of the Registrant's Form S-3 (No. 333-03331)).
 
     25.1  Statement of eligibility of trustee. (1)
 
     27.1  Financial Data Schedule. (1)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) To be filed by amendment.
 
(2) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
    Form S-3 (No. 33-53639) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(3)  Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
    10-Q for  the  quarter  ended  March 1,  1994  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
<PAGE>
(4) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
    Form S-3 (No. 33-52311) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(5)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 29,  1995  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
 
   
(6)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 31,  1993  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    
 
   
(7)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 30,  1994  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    
 
   
(8)  Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
    10-Q for  the  quarter  ended  July 30,  1995  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    
 
   
(9)  Previously filed as  an Exhibit to  the Registrant's Annual  Report on Form
    10-K for  the  year  ended  January 28,  1996  and  incorporated  herein  by
    reference.
    

<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1
    
 
   
                             MICHAELS STORES, INC.
               COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       FISCAL YEAR                        --------------------
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------  APRIL 30,  APRIL 28,
                                                    1991       1992       1993       1994        1995       1995       1996
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Earnings:
  Income before income taxes and extraordinary
   item.........................................  $  17,759  $  33,462  $  42,644  $  57,159  $  (34,839) $  12,288  $   4,395
  Fixed charges.................................     16,868      8,992     17,562     27,830      43,853      9,158     11,007
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
    Earnings....................................  $  34,627  $  42,454  $  60,206  $  84,989  $    9,014  $  21,446  $  15,402
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Fixed Charges:
  Interest expense..............................  $   6,971  $     263  $   6,378  $   9,103  $   16,841  $   3,341  $   3,710
  Amortization of debt issuance expense.........      1,749     --         --         --          --         --         --
  Interest portion of rent expense..............      8,148      8,729     11,184     18,727      27,012      5,817      7,297
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
    Fixed Charges...............................  $  16,868  $   8,992  $  17,562  $  27,830  $   43,853  $   9,158  $  11,007
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges..............        2.1x       4.7x       3.4x       3.1x        0.2x       2.3x       1.4x
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PRO FORMA DATA
                                                                                                   ---------------------------
                                                                                                   FISCAL YEAR  QUARTER ENDED
                                                                                                      1995      APRIL 28, 1996
                                                                                                   -----------  --------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>          <C>
Earnings:
  Income before income taxes and extraordinary item..............................................   $ (39,847)    $    3,160
  Fixed charges..................................................................................      48,861         12,242
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
    Earnings.....................................................................................   $   9,014     $   15,402
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
Fixed Charges:
  Interest expense...............................................................................   $  21,849     $    4,945
  Amortization of debt issuance expense..........................................................      --             --
  Interest portion of rent expense...............................................................      27,012          7,297
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
    Fixed Charges................................................................................   $  48,861     $   12,242
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges...............................................................          .2x           1.3x
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
                                                                                                   -----------       -------
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
    We  consent to the reference to our  firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report  dated March 6, 1996  in the Registration Statement  (Form
S-3)  and related  Prospectus of Michaels  Stores, Inc. for  the registration of
$125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes and to the incorporation
by reference therein  of our report  dated March  6, 1996, with  respect to  the
consolidated  financial  statements  of Michaels  Stores,  Inc.  incorporated by
reference in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended January 28,  1996,
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
                                                  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                    Ernst & Young LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
   
May 22, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission